CTC COMMUNICATIONS CORP
PRER14A, 1999-06-04
TELEPHONE INTERCONNECT SYSTEMS
Previous: TRIANGLE IMAGING GROUP INC, 8-K, 1999-06-04
Next: MULTI SOFT INC, 10KSB40, 1999-06-04



<PAGE>

                            SCHEDULE 14A INFORMATION

                Proxy Statement Pursuant to Section 14(a) of the
              Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (Amendment No. 2)

Filed by Registrant [X]
Filed by a Party other than Registrant [ ]

Check the Appropriate Box:
[X]  Preliminary Proxy Statement
[ ]  Confidential, for use of the Commission Only
     (as permitted by Rule 14a-6(e)(2))
[ ]  Definitive Proxy Statement
[ ]  Definitive Additional Materials
[ ]  Soliciting Material Pursuant to Section 240.14a-11(c)
     or Section 240.14a-12


                           CTC COMMUNICATIONS CORP.
               (Name of Registrant as Specified In Its Charter)

   (Name of Person(s) Filing Proxy Statement, if other than the Registrant)

Payment of Filing Fee (Check the Appropriate Box):
[X]  No Fee Required.
[ ]  Fee computed on table below per Exchange Act Rules 14a-6(i)(4) and 0-11.
     1)  Title of each class of securities to which transaction applies:
     2)  Aggregate number of securities to which transaction applies:
     3)  Per unit price or other underlying value of transaction computed
         pursuant to Exchange Act Rule 0-11 (set forth the amount on which the
         filing fee is calculated and state how it was determined)
     4)  Proposed maximum aggregate value of transaction:
     5)  Total fee paid:
[ ]  Fee paid previously with preliminary materials.
[ ]  Check box if any part of the fee is offset as provided by Exchange Act
     Rule 0-11(a)(2) and identify the filing for which the offsetting fee was
     paid previously.  Identify the previous filing by registration statement
     number, or the Form or Schedule and the date of its filing:

          1)   Amount Previously Paid:
          2)   Form, Schedule or Registration Statement No.:
          3)   Filing Party:
          4)   Date Filed:

                       Copies of all communications to:

Leonard R. Glass, Esq.                                  Mary E. Weber, Esq.
Law Offices of Leonard R. Glass, P.A.                   Ropes & Gray
45 Central Ave, P.O. Box 579                            One International Place
Tenafly, New Jersey 07670-0579                          Boston, MA  02110
(201) 894-9300
<PAGE>


   Subject to Completion; Preliminary Prospectus Dated ______________, 1999

                            CTC Communications Corp.

                          Proxy Statement/Prospectus

Dear Stockholder:

We are calling a special meeting of stockholders of CTC Communications to be
held on June 30, 1999 at 9:30 a.m., local time, at 220 Bear Hill Road, Waltham,
Massachusetts 02451-1104.

At the special meeting, holders of record of CTC Communications' common stock
and Series A convertible preferred stock, voting together as a single class, and
the holders of the Series A convertible preferred stock, voting separately, will
consider and vote upon a proposal to:

 .    Approve of a Plan of Merger and Reorganization which would have the
     following effects:

     .    CTC Communications will become a wholly-owned subsidiary of CTC
          Communications Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and continue to
          conduct the business it currently conducts.

     .    The assets, liabilities and operations of CTC Group on a consolidated
          basis will be the same as the assets, liabilities and operations of
          CTC Communications on a consolidated basis.

     .    Shares of capital stock of CTC Communications will automatically
          convert into the same number of shares of similar shares of capital
          stock of CTC Group.

While you are, of course, welcome to join us at this special meeting, we
understand that this may not be possible.  It is important that your shares be
represented and voted at the meeting whether or not you plan to attend.  If
enough stockholders do not return their proxies, the company may have to incur
the expense of follow-up solicitations. Please take a moment to sign, date and
promptly mail your proxy in the enclosed prepaid envelope.  This will not limit
your right to vote in person should you decide to attend the meeting.

This document also constitutes the prospectus of CTC Communications Group, Inc.
for the offering to you of the CTC Group common stock and Series A convertible
preferred stock to be issued in the reorganization.

On behalf of your board of directors, thank you for your continued support.

Sincerely,


Robert J. Fabbricatore
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

                                 _____________

The reorganization involves elements of risk.  See "Risk Factors" on pages 7-15.

                                 _____________

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities
commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this
document is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a
criminal offense.

                                ______________


The last sale price of CTC Communications common stock on the Nasdaq National
Market on June 2, 1999 was $18.63 per share.

CTC Group's will be listed on the Nasdaq National Market under the symbol "CPTL"
following the consummation of the reorganization.
                                _______________

            The date of this document is ____________, 1999.
<PAGE>

                               TABLE OF CONTENTS


Where You Can Find More Information........................................  1

Notice of Special Meeting of Stockholders..................................  2

Summary
Questions and Answers......................................................  3
The Proposed Reorganization................................................  3
Our Business...............................................................  5
Summary Financial and Operating Data.......................................  6

Risk Factors...............................................................  7
 Risks Relating to the Reorganization......................................  7
   Because in a holding company structure CTC Group's access to any
    assets and cash flow of subsidiaries is restricted, CTC Group's
    obtaining debt financing could be more difficult or expensive..........  7

 We may default under our credit facilities if stockholders exercise
  appraisal rights or if we do not consummate the reorganization...........  7
Risks Relating to an Investment in our Stock...............................  7
 Our prospects are difficult to evaluate because most of our historical
  revenues resulted from a business strategy we are no longer pursuing.....  7
 We expect to incur negative cash flows and operating losses for a
  significant period of time...............................................  8

 We cannot assure you that we will successfully execute our facilities-
  based strategy...........................................................  8

 Implementing a facilities-based strategy is subject to technological
  and other uncertainties..................................................  8

   We may not properly or timely deploy, operate and maintain our own
     network because we have limited experience............................  8

     Our high leverage creates financial and operating risk that could
      limit the growth of our business.....................................  9

     We will need to refinance our existing indebtedness and may not
      generate sufficient cash flow from operations to pay future
      indebtedness.........................................................  9

     We may be unable to obtain the additional capital we will require
      to fund our operations and finance our growth on terms acceptable
      to us or at all......................................................  9

      Our market is highly competitive, and we may not be able to
       compete effectively; many of our competitors have greater
       resources and more experience......................................  10

      The failure of our information systems to produce accurate and
       prompt billing and to process customer orders could materially
       adversely affect our business......................................  10

      If we do not receive timely and accurate call data records from
       our suppliers, our billing and collection activities could be
       adversely affected.................................................  10


<PAGE>


      Our ability to serve our customers depends upon the reliability of
       the networks, services and equipment of third party providers......  10

      Our operating results could be adversely affected by increases in
       customer attrition rates...........................................  11

      If we fail to manage our growth, our business could be impaired.....  11

      Our success will depend on a limited number of key personnel who
       could be difficult to replace as well as on our ability to hire
       other skilled personnel............................................  11

      Changes to the regulations applicable to our business could
       increase our costs and limit our operations........................  11

      Rapid technological changes in the telecommunications industry
       could render our services obsolete faster than we expect or
       could require us to spend more to develop our network than we
       currently anticipate...............................................  12

      We may incur significant costs and our business could suffer if
       our systems and network, or the systems of our suppliers and
       vendors, do not properly process date information after
       December 31, 1999..................................................  12

      We may pursue acquisitions which would create risks to our
       business...........................................................  12

      Our existing principal stockholders, executive officers and
       directors control a substantial amount of our voting shares
       and will be able to significantly influence any matter
       requiring shareholder approval.....................................  13

      Our stock price is likely to be volatile............................  13

      The market price of our common stock could be affected by the
       substantial number of shares that are eligible for future sale.....  14

      We have anti-takeover defenses that could delay or prevent an
       acquisition and could adversely affect the price of our common
       stock..............................................................  14

Forward looking statements are inherently uncertain.......................  14

Information about Special Meeting.........................................  15

Time and Place of Meeting.................................................  15

Voting Rights and Vote Required...........................................  15

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners...........................  16

Common Stock..............................................................  16

Preferred Stock...........................................................  17

Appraisal Rights of Dissenting CTC Communications Stockholders............  18

The Reorganization........................................................  18

Proposed Reorganization...................................................  18

Reasons for the Reorganization............................................  19


                                       ii
<PAGE>


Reorganization Procedure..................................................  20

Capitalization of the Delaware Holding Company............................  20

Interests of the Company's Directors and Officers.........................  23

Significant Changes Caused by the Reorganization..........................  23

Special Meeting of Stockholders...........................................  24

Voting Requirements and Quorums for Stockholder Meetings..................  24

Business Conducted at Stockholder Meetings................................  25

Nomination and Election of Directors......................................  25

Inspection Rights.........................................................  26

Action by Consent of Stockholders.........................................  27

Dividends and Stock Repurchases...........................................  27

Classification, Number and Qualification of the Board of Directors........  27

Removal of Directors......................................................  28

Vacancies on the Board of Directors.......................................  28

Exculpation of Directors..................................................  28

Indemnification of Directors, Officers and Others.........................  29

Transactions with Interested Parties......................................  30

Fundamental Transactions..................................................  31

Anti-Takeover Legislation.................................................  31

Anti-Takeover Measures....................................................  32

Charter Amendments........................................................  33

Amendments to By-Laws.....................................................  33

Appraisal Rights..........................................................  34

Disadvantages of Reincorporation in Delaware..............................  34

Selected Financial Data...................................................  36

Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
 Results of Operations....................................................  38


                                      iii
<PAGE>


Overview..................................................................  38
Results of Operations.....................................................  38

Liquidity and Capital Resources...........................................  40
Year 2000 Compliance......................................................  42

  Business of the Company.................................................  44
    Overview..............................................................  44
    Our Market Opportunity................................................  44
    Our Competitive Strengths.............................................  44
    Our Services..........................................................  46
    Our Integrated Communications Network.................................  46
    Sales and Customer Care...............................................  47
    Our Information Systems...............................................  48
    Competition...........................................................  49
    Government Regulation.................................................  51
    Properties............................................................  55
    Employees.............................................................  55
    Market Price Ranges...................................................  56

  Management..............................................................  56
    Executive Officers, Directors and Significant Employees...............  56
    Director Compensation.................................................  59
    Committees of the Board of Directors..................................  59
    Voting Agreement......................................................  59
    Executive Compensation................................................  59
    Summary Compensation Table............................................  60
    Option Grants in Last Fiscal Year.....................................  60
    Aggregate Option Exercises in Last Fiscal Year and Fiscal Year-End
     Option Values........................................................  61
    Certain Relationships And Related Transactions........................  62

Description of Senior Secured Facilities..................................  62

Federal Income Tax Consequences...........................................  65

Securities Act Consequences...............................................  66

Transfer Agent and Registrar..............................................  66

Independent Auditors......................................................  66

Legal Matters.............................................................  66

Expense of Solicitation...................................................  67

Stockholders' Proposals...................................................  67

Other Matters That May Come Before the Meeting............................  67

Index to Financial Statements.............................................  F-1

Report of Independent Auditors............................................  F-2


                                       iv
<PAGE>


                      Where You Can Find More Information

  This document is part of a registration statement on Form S-4 filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, covering the shares of common
stock that CTC Group will issue in the reorganization.  The document also is the
proxy statement of CTC Communications for the special meeting.

  This document does not contain all of the information, exhibits and
undertakings contained in the registration statement.  We will provide you
without charge, upon your written or oral request, a copy of any documents
contained in such registrations statement, but not exhibits filed with theses
documents unless those exhibits are specifically referred to in this document.
Please direct your requests for such documents to John D. Pittenger, CTC
Communications, Inc. 360 Second Ave., Waltham, Massachusetts 02451-1104
(telephone 781-466-8080).  We will deliver such documents by first class mail or
other equally prompt means.  To ensure delivery of these documents before the
special meeting, you should make requests for such documents no later than
_________, 1999.

  CTC Communications is subject to the information reporting requirements of the
Exchange Act of 1934. Following the reorganization CTC Group will be subject to
those requirements.  Under the Exchange Act, reporting companies file reports,
proxy statements and other information with the SEC.  You may inspect and copy
such reports, proxy statements and other information at the public reference
facilities maintained by the SEC at Room 1024, Judiciary Plaza, 450 Fifth
Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549, and at the SEC's regional offices located
at Seven World Trade Center, Suite 1300, New York, New York 10048, and at
Citicorp Center, 500 West Madison Street, Suite 1400, Chicago, Illinois 60661-
2511.  You may also obtain copies of such material by mail from the Public
Reference Section of the SEC at Judiciary Plaza, 450 Fifth Street, N.W.,
Washington, D.C. 20549, at prescribed rates. The SEC also maintains a Web site
that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information
regarding registrants that file electronically with the SEC on the Internet at
http://www.sec.gov. CTC Communications common stock is listed on the Nasdaq
National Market, and therefore you can also inspect such reports, proxy
statements and other information at the offices of The Nasdaq Stock Market, 1735
K Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20006.


  You should rely only on the information contained or referred to in this
document or any supplement. CTC Communications has not authorized anyone else to
provide you with different or additional information. This document does not
constitute an offer of securities in any jurisdiction in which or to any person
to whom, it is not permitted. You should not assume that the information in this
document or any supplement is accurate as of any other date than the date on the
front of those documents.

                                      -1-
<PAGE>


                           CTC Communications Corp.
                                 360 Second Ave.
                          Waltham, Massachusetts 02451
                                 (781) 466-8080

                   Notice of Special Meeting of Stockholders

                To the Stockholders of CTC Communications Corp.

A special meeting of stockholders of CTC Communications Corp. will be held at
the offices of the company, 220 Bear Hill Road, Waltham, Massachusetts 02451 on
_________, 1999 at 9:30 a.m. to vote on:


 . A proposal to approve an Agreement and Plan of Reorganization providing for
  the conversion of shares of common stock and Series A convertible preferred
  stock of CTC Communications into an equal number of shares of common stock and
  Series A convertible preferred stock of CTC Communications Group, Inc., a
  company organized under Delaware law by CTC Communications to be a holding
  company of CTC Communications.

 . Any other business that may lawfully come before the meeting or any
  adjournment.

The proposal to approve the agreement and plan of reorganization must be
approved by:

 . the affirmative vote of two-thirds of the voting power of the shares of CTC
  Communications common stock and Series A preferred stock entitled to vote,
  voting together as a single class; and

 . the affirmative vote of two-thirds of the shares of CTC Communications Series
  A convertible preferred stock entitled to vote, voting separately.


We describe the reorganization more fully in the attached document.
Appendix A to the attached document is a copy of the Agreement and Plan of
Reorganization.

________, 1999 is the record date for this meeting.  Accordingly, only
stockholders of record on that date will be entitled to vote at the meeting.

Please sign the enclosed proxy and return it in the enclosed postage-paid
envelope as soon as possible. If you decide to attend the meeting in person, you
can withdraw your proxy and vote at that time.

The board of directors has determined that the reorganization is in the best
interests of the stockholders and unanimously recommends that stockholders vote
"FOR" the reorganization at the special meeting.

                    By Order of the Board of Directors

                    Robert J. Fabbricatore, Chairman

___________, 1999
Mailed at Boston, Massachusetts

Please promptly date, sign and mail the enclosed proxy, a postage-paid envelope
                -------------------
is provided for mailing in the united states.  If stockholders don't return the
proxies in sufficient numbers, we will have to incur the expense of follow-up
solicitations.  If any other business is brought before the meeting, your shares
will be voted at the board's discretion.

                                      -2-
<PAGE>


                                   Summary

                             Questions and Answers

The following questions and answers are designed to help you understand the
reorganization proposal and the proxy voting process.  These questions and
answers and the rest of the summary only highlights information in this
document. You should carefully read this entire document and the attached
appendices.

The Proposed Reorganization

What are you proposing?

We are asking you to approve an Agreement and Plan of Reorganization that would
result in our reorganization into a holding company structure.  Under the plan,
CTC Communications, a Massachusetts corporation, will become a wholly-owned
subsidiary of CTC Communications Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

Why are you forming a Delaware holding company?

We are forming a holding company:

 . to comply with the terms of our loan and security agreement with Goldman Sachs
  Partners and Fleet National Bank;
 . to take advantage of the benefits of Delaware corporate law; and
 . to enable us to issue debt at different corporate levels.

What will happen to my stock?


In the reorganization, your shares of common stock and Series A convertible
preferred stock of CTC Communications will automatically convert into the same
number of shares of common stock and Series A convertible preferred stock of CTC
Group.  The CTC Group common stock will be listed on the Nasdaq National
Market under the symbol "CPTL."

Will I have to turn in my stock certificates?


No.  Do not turn in your stock certificates.  We will not require you to
exchange your stock certificates as a result of the reorganization.  After the
reorganization, your CTC Communications stock certificates will represent the
same number of shares of CTC Group capital stock.

Does formation of a holding company affect my federal income taxes?


We intend the proposed reorganization to be a tax-free reorganization under
federal tax laws.  You will not recognize any gain or loss for federal income
tax purposes upon your receipt of CTC Group stock in exchange for your shares of
CTC Communications stock.  You should consult your own tax advisors concerning
the specific tax consequences of the reorganization to you, including any
foreign, state, or local tax consequences of the reorganization.  For further
information, see "Federal Income Tax Consequences."

Will the management of the company change after the reorganization?

The management of CTC Communications will not change as a result of the
reorganization.  The entire board of directors and several of the current
principal executive officers of CTC Communications will also serve as the board
of directors and as executive officers of CTC Group upon completion of the
reorganization.

                                      -3-
<PAGE>

If the stockholders approve the reorganization, when will it occur?

We would like to complete the reorganization as soon as possible after the
special meeting.  In order to complete the reorganization,  CTC Communications
must first obtain the approval of state regulatory agencies in states in which
it operates.  We plan to complete the reorganization immediately after obtaining
stockholder approval, unless these approvals have not been obtained at that
time.

The board of directors of CTC Communications recommends that the stockholders
vote for approval of the reorganization.


Who can vote on the reorganization  proposal?

Any holder of record of CTC Communications common stock or Series A convertible
preferred stock at the close of business on ________, 1999 will be entitled to
vote on the proposal at the special meeting.


What percentage of the outstanding shares do directors and executive officers
hold?

Directors, executive officers and their affiliates own:


 . 46% of the combined voting power of the outstanding common stock and the
  Series A convertible preferred stock; and

 . 98.6% of the outstanding Series A convertible preferred stock.

Robert J.  Fabbricatore and Spectrum Equity Investors II, L.P. have indicated
their intention to vote in favor of the proposal.

How will the reorganization be treated for accounting purposes?

In accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, we will use the
historical cost basis of the assets and liabilities of CTC Communications and
CTC Group to account for the reorganization.  Because CTC Group has only nominal
assets and liabilities, the combination will effectively represent the
historical basis of the assets and liabilities of CTC Communications and the
capital structure of CTC Group.

How do I vote?  What do I need to do now?

After carefully reading and considering the information contained in this
document, please fill out and sign the enclosed proxy card.  Then mail your
signed proxy card in the enclosed prepaid return envelope as soon as possible so
that your shares will be represented at the special meeting.  Your proxy card
will instruct the persons named on the card to vote your shares at the special
meeting as you direct on the card.  If you do not vote or if you abstain on the
proposal, the effect will be a vote against the proposal.  The Board of
Directors recommends that you vote for approval of the reorganization.

May I change my vote after I have mailed my signed proxy card?

You may change your vote at any time before your shares are voted at the special
meeting by:

 . notifying the Clerk of the company in writing;
 . voting in person at the meeting; or
 . returning a later-dated proxy card.

                                      -4-
<PAGE>

If you choose either of the first two methods, you must submit your notice of
revocation or your new proxy card to the attention of the Clerk at CTC
Communications Corp., 360 Second Avenue, Waltham, Massachusetts 02451.

If my shares are held in "street name" by my broker, will my broker vote my
shares for me?

Your broker will vote your shares only if you provide your broker with
instructions.  If you fail to instruct your broker, your shares will not be
voted.  Shares that are not voted will have the effect of being voted against
the proposal.

What rights will I have under Massachusetts law if I vote against the plan of
reorganization?


If you vote against the Agreement and Plan of Reorganization and comply with the
statutory requirements of Massachusetts law, you will be entitled to receive
payment of the fair value of your shares if the reorganization is completed.   A
copy of the applicable Massachusetts law is attached to this document as
Appendix D.  For more information see "Appraisal Rights of Dissenting CTC
Communications Stockholders."

Our credit facilities prohibit us from making payments to stockholders who
exercise their appraisal rights and demand payment for their stock.  If any
stockholders remain entitled to make this demand after the special meeting, we
may ask our lenders to waive their requirement that we consummate the
reorganization and abandon the reorganization or ask our lenders to permit us to
make any required payments to stockholders.  We do not know whether they would
grant either of those requests.

                                 Our Business

     We are a rapidly growing integrated communications provider, or ICP. We
offer voice and data services to predominantly medium-sized business customers
who seek greater telecommunications transmission capacity, integrated
telecommunications solutions and improved levels of service. We are currently
moving to a facilities-based platform by deploying a state-of-the-art, all
packet-switched network based on an advanced transmission protocol used on the
internet and asynchronous transfer mode, or ATM, architecture, which is a
protocol for transmitting data, voice and video signals over virtual circuits.
In May 1999, we began testing of our network with some of our customers. By late
summer, we expect to begin providing and billing for commercial service to a
limited number of customers on our network. We became an integrated
communications provider in January 1998. Prior to that, we were the largest
independent sales agent, based on sales, for NYNEX Corp. (now Bell Atlantic).


                              Financial Statements

     We have not included complete pro forma and comparative financial
information concerning the company that gives effect to the reorganization
because, immediately following the effective time of the reorganization, the
consolidated financial statements of CTC Group will be substantially the same as
CTC Communications' financial statements immediately prior to the
reorganization.  Prior to the closing of the reorganization, CTC Group will not
have commenced operations and will have no material assets or liabilities.

                                      -5-
<PAGE>

                      Summary Financial and Operating Data

     You should read the following summary financial data together with
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations" and our financial statements and the related notes included
elsewhere in this prospectus.

     Gross profit is not meaningful, n/m, for the fiscal year ended March 31,
1998 and prior periods because our revenues for these periods consisted
primarily of agency commissions, while costs associated with agency revenues
were included primarily in selling, general and administrative expenses. EBITDA
consists of income (loss) before interest, income taxes, depreciation and
amortization.  We have provided EBITDA because it is a measure of financial
performance commonly used in the telecommunications industry. Other companies
may calculate it differently from us.  EBITDA is not a measurement of financial
performance under generally accepted accounting principles.  We do not believe
you should consider EBITDA as an alternative to net income (loss) as a measure
of results of operations or to cash flow as a measure of liquidity.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  Fiscal Year ended March 31,
                                                              -----------------------------------
                                                                 1997        1998        1999
                                                                -------     -------    --------
                                                                    (dollars in thousands)
<S>                                                            <C>         <C>         <C>
Statement of Operations Data
Agency revenues........................................         $29,195     $24,775    $     -
Telecommunications revenues............................          11,095      16,172      70,964
                                                                -------     -------    --------
  Total revenues.......................................          40,290      40,947      70,964
Cost of telecommunications revenues....................           8,709      14,038      61,866
                                                                -------     -------    --------

Selling, general and administrative expenses...........          23,820      31,492      57,663
                                                                -------     -------    --------
Income (loss) from operations..........................           7,761      (4,583)    (48,565)
Net income (loss)......................................           4,683      (2,884)    (51,996)

Other Financial Data
Gross profit                                                       n/m         n/m     $  9,098
EBITDA (loss)..........................................         $ 8,519     $(2,992)   $(42,760)
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities....           3,572      (7,951)    (33,254)
Net cash used in investing activities..................           1,222       4,765       6,282
Net cash provided by financing activities..............             114       8,479      39,622
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
                                                     As of March 31, 1999
                                                     --------------------
                                                    (dollars in thousands)
<S>                                                  <C>
Balance Sheet Data
Cash and cash equivalents.........................          $  2,254
Total assets......................................            27,545
Total long-term debt, including current portion...            66,857
Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock...            12,949
Stockholders' equity (deficit)....................           (39,500)
</TABLE>

                                      -6-
<PAGE>


                                 Risk Factors

     You should carefully consider all information in this document,
especially the risk factors below, in determining how to vote on the proposal.
The risk factors apply to the business and operations of CTC Communications and
will apply equally to CTC Group after the reorganization because CTC Group's
primary asset will be its ownership of the equity of CTC Communications.

                      Risks Relating to the Reorganization

Because in a holding company structure CTC Group's access to any assets and
cash flow of subsidiaries is restricted, CTC Group's obtaining debt financing
could be more difficult or expensive.

     CTC Group will have no operations of its own and will derive substantially
all of its revenue from subsidiaries. Because of this structure, CTC Group will
not have the same access to the assets that its subsidiaries will have.
Subsidiaries of CTC Group will generally pay their trade creditors and debt
service payments before any of their assets are distributed to CTC Group.  In
addition, if a subsidiary were to declare bankruptcy, liquidate or reorganize,
the claims of the subsidiary's creditors will be prior to CTC Group's interest
in the subsidiary's assets.

     Although the Company expects that the vast majority of its  business will
be conducted through its subsidiaries, none of its subsidiaries will have any
obligation to make funds available to CTC Group to pay the principal of and the
interest on any of indebtedness CTC Group may incur.  So, CTC Group's ability to
pay will depend on the earnings of its subsidiaries and whether the subsidiaries
make any distributions to CTC Group.  In addition, CTC Communications' credit
facilities restrict its ability to pay cash dividends, make distributions  or
otherwise transfer assets to CTC Group.

We may default under our credit facilities if stockholders exercise appraisal
rights or if we do not consummate the reorganization.

     All of the stockholders of CTC Communications have the appraisal rights
under Massachusetts law described in this document. Also, CTC Communications has
filed a registration statement for a public offering of up to 2,875,000 shares
of its common stock. In connection with the reorganization, all of our
stockholders will have appraisal rights under Massachusetts law. If any of our
existing or new stockholders exercise their appraisal rights, CTC Communications
Group would be required by law to pay them the appraised value of their shares.
Our loan and security agreement with Goldman Sachs and Fleet requires us to
consummate the reorganization but prohibitsus from making payments to
stockholders who exercise their appraisal rights. Our loan agreement with Cisco
Capital also prohibits these payments. If any stockholders are entitled to
appraisal rights after the special meeting, we may ask our lenders to waive
their requirement that we consummate the reorganization or to permit us to make
any required payments to stockholders. We cannot predict whether stockholders
will exercise appraisal rights, the amount of any payment which could be
required to be made to any such stockholder and on what terms we could obtain
any needed consents. If we default under our credit facilities, our lenders
could require us to repay their loans to us. If this happened, we would need to
refinance that indebtedness, sell assets, delay capital expenditures or sell
additional capital stock. If we sell additional capital stock, your interest in
us will be diluted. We cannot assure you that we will be able to refinance any
of our indebtedness on reasonable terms, or at all. We also cannot assure you
that we will be able to effect any other needed action on satisfactory terms, or
at all.

                  Risks Relating to an Investment in our Stock

Our prospects are difficult to evaluate because most of our historical revenues
resulted from a business strategy we are no longer pursuing.

                                      -7-
<PAGE>

     Although we have sold integrated telecommunications services for over 15
years, we only began offering local services under our own brand name in
January 1998. We sold local telephone services as an agent for Bell Atlantic
until December 1997. Because we have terminated our agency relationship with
Bell Atlantic, we no longer receive agency revenues. Therefore, we can only
provide you limited historical operating and financial information about our
current business strategy for you to evaluate.

We expect to incur negative cash flows and operating losses for a significant
period of time.


     For the fiscal year ended March 31, 1999 we incurred operating losses
of approximately $48.6 million, net losses of approximately $52.0 million and
negative cash flow from operating and investing activities of approximately
$39.5 million.  Our expenses have increased significantly, and we expect our
expenses to continue to increase as we deploy our network and implement our
business plan. Accordingly, we expect to incur significant operating losses, net
losses and negative cash flow during the next several years. We cannot assure
you that we will achieve and sustain profitability or positive net cash flow.

We cannot assure you that we will successfully execute our facilities-based
strategy.

     If we fail to execute our strategy in a timely or effective manner we may
be unable to successfully compete in our markets. Our business strategy is
complex and requires that we successfully complete many tasks, a number of which
we must complete simultaneously, including:

 .    deploying, operating and maintaining our network;

 .    attracting and retaining customers and skilled employees;

 .    expanding our sales presence in existing and new markets;

 .    developing and providing enhanced data services; and

 .    ultimately, incorporating local dial tone into our network.

     If we are unable to effectively coordinate the implementation of these
multiple tasks effectively, our business is likely to suffer.

Implementing a facilities-based strategy is subject to technological and other
uncertainties.

     The design of our network is novel and has not been widely deployed. The
network may not provide the functionality that we expect. We also cannot be sure
that we will be able to incorporate local dial tone capabilities into our
network, and without this capability we will not be able to provide on our
network all of our target customers' fixed line telecommunications services. Our
ability to provide enhanced connectivity to our network and to provide local
dial tone services will require the negotiation of interconnection agreements
with incumbent local exchange carriers. This can take considerable time, effort
and expense, and these agreements are subject to federal, state and local
regulation. We may not be able to effectively negotiate necessary
interconnection agreements. Also, we cannot be sure that our customers will
choose to purchase telecommunications services over our network.


We may not properly or timely deploy, operate and maintain our own network
because we have limited experience.

     Currently we are not providing any services over our network to any
customers. We are still deploying the initial phase of our network and we have
limited experience operating and maintaining telecommunications

                                      -8-
<PAGE>

networks. We cannot assure you that we will effectively deploy, operate or
maintain our network. We may not be able to deploy our network within the time
frame we expect, and once the network is deployed we may encounter unanticipated
difficulties in operating and maintaining it.

Our high leverage creates financial and operating risk that could limit the
growth of our business.


     We have a significant amount of indebtedness. As of March 31, 1999, we had
approximately $66.9 million of total indebtedness outstanding. We expect to
seek substantial additional debt financing to fund our business plan. Our high
leverage could have important consequences to us, including,

 .    limiting our ability to obtain necessary financing for future working
     capital, capital expenditures, debt service requirements or other purposes;

 .    limiting our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our
     business;

 .    placing us at a competitive disadvantage to competitors with less
     leverage;

 .    increasing our vulnerability in the event of a downturn in our business or
     the economy generally;

 .    requiring that we use a substantial portion of our cash flow from
     operations for the payment of principal and interest on our indebtedness
     and not for other purposes.

We will need to refinance our existing indebtedness and may not generate
sufficient cash flow from operations to pay future indebtedness.

     We expect we will not generate sufficient cash flow from operations to
repay our existing credit and vendor facilities, and it is likely that we will
need to refinance this indebtedness when it comes due. Also, we cannot assure
you that our business will generate sufficient cash flow from operations or that
alternative sources of cash flow will be available to us in amounts sufficient
to pay other future indebtedness or to fund our other needs. We will need to
generate cash in the future to make scheduled payments on and refinance our
indebtedness and to fund planned capital expenditures, operating losses and our
other needs. Our ability to generate cash will greatly depend on:

 .    our completing the buildout of our network timely and cost-effectively;

 .    the acceptance by the market of, and the demand for, our services; and

 .    our future operating performance.

     Each of these elements may be affected by various factors that we cannot
control, including industry, general economic, financial, competitive,
legislative, regulatory and other factors. If we cannot generate sufficient cash
flow from operations, we may need to refinance all or some of our indebtedness,
sell assets, delay capital expenditures or sell additional capital stock. If we
sell additional capital stock, your interest in us will be diluted. We cannot
assure you that we will be able to refinance any of our indebtedness on
reasonable terms, or at all. We also cannot assure you that we will be able to
effect any other needed action on satisfactory terms, or at all.

We may be unable to obtain the additional capital we will require to fund our
operations and finance our growth on terms acceptable to us or at all.


     We will need significant additional capital to fund our business plan.  CTC
Communications has filed a registration statement for a public offering of up to
2,875,000 shares of its common stock.  If we complete the offering and the
reorganization, those shares will convert into shares of CTC Group common
stock.  We cannot assure you we will successfully complete that offering.  Even
if we complete that stock offering, we expect to

                                      -9-
<PAGE>


seek additional financing to further fund our business plan as soon as
practicable. The timing of these efforts will depend on market conditions. We
cannot assure you that additional funding will be available to us when we need
it or at all. If we are unable to obtain financing when we need it, we may delay
or abandon our development and expansion plans. That could have a material
adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
The actual timing and amount of our capital requirements may be materially
affected by various factors, including the timing and actual cost of the
network, the timing and cost of our expansion into new markets, the extent of
competition and pricing of telecommunications services by others in our markets,
the demand by customers for our services, technological change and potential
acquisitions.

Our market is highly competitive, and we may not be able to compete effectively;
many of our competitors have greater resources and more experience.

     We operate in a highly competitive environment. We have no significant
market share in any market in which we operate. We will face substantial and
growing competition from a variety of data transport, data networking and
telephony service providers. We will face competition for the provision of
integrated telecommunications services as well for the individual service
components that comprise our integrated services. The number of competitors able
to provide integrated telecommunication services has increased as a result of
regulatory changes and industry consolidation. We expect that the incumbent
local exchange carriers ultimately will also be able to provide integrated
services. Many of our competitors are larger and better capitalized than we are.
Also, many of our competitors are incumbent providers with long standing
relationships with their customers and greater name recognition. See "Business-
- -Competition."

The failure of our information systems to produce accurate and prompt billing
and to process customer orders could materially adversely affect our business.


     The accurate and prompt billing of our customers is essential to our
operations and future profitability. The deployment of our network will place
additional demands on our information systems. We are continuing to upgrade our
information systems, but we cannot assure you that our information systems will
perform how we expect. Also, if our business grows as we plan, we cannot assure
you that our information systems will be sufficient to provide us with
accurate and efficient billing and other necessary processing capabilities. We
may not identify all of our information and processing needs (including issues
related to the Year 2000), and the upgrade we are implementing may encounter
unexpected difficulties.  We cannot assure you that our ongoing information
systems upgrade will not cause disruption in our information systems or that
the upgraded system will continue to provide us with the necessary
functionality.  Any of these could materially adversely affect our business,
results of operations and financial condition.  See "Business -- Our Information
Systems."

If we do not receive timely and accurate call data records from our suppliers,
our billing and collection activities could be adversely affected.

     Our billing and collection activities are dependent upon our suppliers
providing us accurate call data records. If we do not receive accurate call data
records in a timely manner, our business, results of operations and financial
condition could be materially adversely affected. In addition, we pay our
suppliers according to our calculation of the charges based upon invoices and
computer tape records provided by these suppliers. Disputes may arise between us
and our suppliers because these records may not always reflect current rates and
volumes. If we do not pay disputed amounts, a supplier may consider us to be in
arrears in our payments until the amount in dispute is resolved. We cannot
assure you that disputes with suppliers will not arise or that such disputes
will be resolved in our favor.

                                      -10-
<PAGE>

Our ability to serve our customers depends upon the reliability of the networks,
services and equipment of third party providers.


     We only began testing our network with customers in May 1999. We depend
almost entirely on facilities-based carriers for the switching and transmission
of customer traffic. After we complete deploying our network, we will still rely
to some extent on others for switching and transmission of customer traffic. We
will also rely on others for fiber optic backbone transmission facilities,
including Level 3 and NorthEast Optic Network, for our network. We cannot be
sure that any third party switching or transmission facilities will be available
when needed or on acceptable terms.

     Although we can exercise direct control of the customer care and support we
provide, most of the services we currently offer are provided by others. These
services are subject to physical damage, power loss, capacity limitations,
software defects, breaches of security and other factors which may cause
interruptions in service or reduced capacity for our customers. These problems,
although not within our control, could adversely affect customer confidence and
damage our reputation. These could have a material adverse effect on our
business, results of operations and financial condition.

     We have engaged a network services integrator to design, engineer and
manage the buildout of our network in our existing markets. If the network
integrator is not able to perform these functions, we may experience delays or
additional costs in providing services and building the network. The failure of
our network equipment to operate as anticipated or the inability of equipment
suppliers, including Cisco, to timely supply such equipment could materially and
adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Our operating results could be adversely affected by increases in customer
attrition rates.


     We cannot assure you that our customers will continue to purchase local,
long distance, data or other services from us. Because we have been operating as
an integrated communications provider for a short time, our customer attrition
rate is difficult to evaluate. We could lose customers as a result of national
advertising campaigns, telemarketing programs and customer incentives provided
by major competitors as well as for other reasons not in our control. Increases
in customer attrition rates could have a material adverse effect on our
business, results of operations and financial condition.

If we fail to manage our growth, our business could be impaired.

     We are pursuing a business plan that will result in rapid growth and
expansion of our operations if we are successful. This rapid growth would place
significant additional demands upon our current management and other resources.
Our success will depend on our ability to manage our growth. To accomplish this
we will have to train, motivate and manage an increasing number of employees. We
will also need to continually enhance our information systems. Our failure to
manage growth effectively could have a material adverse effect on our business,
results of operations and financial condition.

Our success will depend on a limited number of key personnel who could be
difficult to replace as well as on our ability to hire other skilled personnel.

     We believe that our continued success will depend upon the abilities and
continued efforts of our management, particularly members of our senior
management team. The loss of the services of any of these individuals could have
a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial
condition. Our success will also depend upon our ability to identify, hire and
retain additional highly skilled sales, service and technical personnel. Demand
for qualified personnel with telecommunications experience is high and
competition for their services is intense. We cannot be sure that we will be
able to attract and retain the additional employees we need to implement our
business strategy. Our inability to hire and retain such personnel could have a
material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial
condition.

                                      -11-
<PAGE>

Changes to the regulations applicable to our business could increase our costs
and limit our operations.

     We are subject to federal, state, and local regulation of our local, long
distance, and data services. See "Business-Government Regulation." With the
passage of the Telecommunications Act in 1996, the regulation of our services
has been subject to numerous administrative proceedings at the federal and state
level, litigation in federal and state courts, and legislation in federal and
state legislatures. We cannot predict the outcome of the various proceedings,
litigation, and legislation or whether and to what extent they may adversely
affect our business or operations. We believe the current trend toward relaxed
regulatory oversight and competition will benefit us. Our competitors, however,
may benefit from this trend to a greater extent than we will. If that occurs,
our business may be adversely affected.

Rapid technological changes in the telecommunications industry could render our
services obsolete faster than we expect or could require us to spend more to
develop our network than we currently anticipate.


     The telecommunications industry is subject to rapid and significant changes
in technology. We cannot predict the effect that changes in technology will have
on our business. Any changes could have a material adverse effect on our
business, operating results and financial condition. Advances in technology
could lead to more entities becoming facilities-based integrated communications
providers. We believe that our long-term success will increasingly depend on our
ability to offer advanced services and to anticipate or adapt to evolving
industry standards. We cannot be sure that:

 .    we will be able to offer the services our customers require;

 .    our services will not be economically or technically outmoded by current
     or future competitive technologies;

 .    our network or our information systems will not become obsolete;

 .    we will have sufficient resources to develop or acquire new technologies
     or introduce new services that we need to effectively compete; or

 .    the cost of the network will decline as rapidly as the costs of our
     competitors' infrastructures.

We may incur significant costs and our business could suffer if our systems and
network, or the systems of our suppliers and vendors, do not properly process
date information after December 31, 1999.

     Currently, many computer systems and software products are coded to accept
only two digit, rather than four digit, entries in the date code field. Date-
sensitive software or hardware coded in this manner may not be able to
distinguish a year that begins with a "20" instead of a "19," and programs
that perform arithmetic operations, make comparisons or sort date fields may not
yield correct results with the input of a Year 2000 date. This Year 2000 problem
could cause miscalculations or system failures that could affect our operations.
We cannot assure you that we have successfully identified all Year 2000 problems
with our information systems and network. We also cannot assure you that we will
be able to implement any necessary corrective actions in a timely manner. Our
failure to successfully identify and remediate Year 2000 problems in critical
systems could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of
operations and financial condition. Also, if the systems of other companies that
provide us services or with whom our systems interconnect are not Year 2000
compliant, our business, operating results and financial condition could be
materially adversely affected. The Year 2000 issue is discussed at greater
length in "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations--Year 2000 Compliance."

We may pursue acquisitions which would create risks to our business.

     We may pursue strategic acquisitions as we expand. We currently have no
definitive agreement with respect to any acquisition. Acquisitions may increase
our risks because we may:

                                      -12-
<PAGE>

 .    experience difficulties integrating acquired operations and personnel into
     our operations;

 .    disrupt our ongoing business;

 .    divert resources and management time;

 .    be unable to maintain uniform standards, controls, procedures and
     policies; and

 .    enter markets or businesses in which we have little or no experience.

     We cannot assure you that we will be able to obtain any additional
financing needed to finance potential acquisitions. If we do make any
acquisition, the acquired business might not perform as we expected.

Our existing principal stockholders, executive officers and directors control a
substantial amount of our voting shares and will be able to significantly
influence any matter requiring shareholder approval.


     Our officers and directors and parties related to them will control
approximately 46% of our outstanding voting stock. Robert J. Fabbricatore, our
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, will control approximately 26% of our
outstanding voting capital stock. Therefore, the officers and directors will be
able to significantly influence any matter requiring shareholder approval. In
addition, Mr. Fabbricatore and some of his affiliates have agreed to vote shares
they control to elect to our board up to two persons designated by the holders
of a majority of our Series A preferred stock.

Our operating results may fluctuate significantly, which could adversely affect
the trading price of our common stock.

     Our annual and quarterly revenue and results may fluctuate significantly as
a result of a number of factors.  Factors that could cause our operating results
to vary include:

 .    variations in the rate of timing of customer orders,

 .    variations in our provisioning of new customer services,

 .    the speed at which we expand our network and market presence,

 .    the rate at which customers cancel services, or churn,

 .    costs of third party services purchased by us, and

 .    competitive factors, including pricing and demand for competing services.

     Our revenue and results may also be less than the expectations of
securities analysts and our stockholders.  As a result of such fluctuations or
such failure to meet expectations, the trading price of our common stock could
be materially adversely affected.

Our stock price is likely to be volatile.

     The trading price of our common stock is likely to be volatile. The stock
market in general, and the market for technology and telecommunications
companies in particular, has experienced extreme volatility. This volatility has
often been unrelated to the operating performance of particular companies. Other
factors that could cause the market price of our common stock to fluctuate
substantially include:


                                      -13-
<PAGE>

 .    announcements of developments related to our business, or that of our
     competitors, our industry group or our customers;

 .    fluctuations in our results of operations;

 .    hiring or departure of key personnel;

 .    a shortfall in our results compared to analysts' expectations and changes
     in analysts' recommendations or projections;

 .    sales of substantial amounts of our equity securities into the
     marketplace;

 .    regulatory developments affecting the telecommunications industry or data
     services; and

 .    general conditions in the telecommunications industry or the economy as a
     whole.

The market price of our common stock could be affected by the substantial number
of shares that are eligible for future sale.


     If we complete the reorganization, all of CTC Communications Group's shares
will be freely tradeable, under the Securities Act, subject to compliance with
Rules 144 and 145 under the Securities Act. We cannot be sure what effect, if
any, future sales of shares or the availability of shares for future sale will
have on the market price of the common stock. The market price of our common
stock could drop due to sales of a large number of shares in the market after
the offering or the perception that sales of large numbers of shares could
occur. These factors could also make it more difficult to raise funds through
future offerings of common stock.

We have anti-takeover defenses that could delay or prevent an acquisition and
could adversely affect the price of our common stock.


     The telecommunications industry has experienced significant consolidation
in recent years. However, provisions of CTC Group's certificate of incorporation
and bylaws and the provisions of Delaware law could make it more difficult for a
third party to acquire control of the company even if a change in control would
be beneficial to our stockholders. These provisions may negatively affect the
price of our common stock and may discourage third parties from bidding for CTC
Group. In addition, our board of directors may issue, without stockholder
approval, shares of preferred stock with terms set by the board. In addition to
delaying or preventing an acquisition, the issuance of a substantial number of
preferred shares could depress the price of the common stock. See "Description
of Capital Stock--Preferred Stock."

Forward looking statements are inherently uncertain.


     Certain statements about us and our industry under the captions "Summary,"
"Risk Factors," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations" and "Business" and elsewhere in this document are
"forward-looking statements." These forward-looking statements include, but are
not limited to, statements about our plans, objectives, expectations, intentions
and assumptions and other statements in this document that are not historical
facts. When we use the words "estimate," "project," "believe," "anticipate,"
"intend," "plan," "expect" and similar expressions in this document we generally
intend to identify forward-looking statements. Because these forward-looking
statements involve risks and uncertainties, including those described in this
"Risk Factors" section, actual results could differ materially from those
expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. We caution you not to
place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements. These forward-looking
statements speak only as of the date of this document. We do not undertake any
obligation to publicly release any revisions to these forward-looking statements
to reflect new information, future events or otherwise.

                                      -14-
<PAGE>


                       Information about Special Meeting

Time and Place of Meeting


     We have furnished this document to you to solicit your proxy for use at
the special meeting of stockholders to be held on __________, 1999 at 9:30 a.m.,
and at all adjournments thereof.

     We will hold the meeting at the principal executive offices of CTC
Communications, located at 220 Bear Hill Road, Waltham, Massachusetts 02451
(781-466-8080).

     At the meeting, we will vote all proxies received in time and not revoked
in accordance with the instructions indicated on the proxies.  If no
instructions are indicated on a properly executed proxy, the shares represented
by that proxy will be voted to approve the proposed reorganization.  You may
revoke your proxy at any time before your shares are voted by filing a later
dated proxy with CTC Communications, by attending the meeting and voting in
person, or by notifying CTC Communications of the revocation in a later dated
writing to its Clerk at 360 Second Ave., Waltham, MA 02451.

Voting Rights and Vote Required

     The close of business on _________, 1999 is the record date for the special
meeting.  As of the record date, _________, 1999, CTC Communications had
__________  shares of common stock and ________  shares of Series A convertible
preferred stock outstanding and entitled to vote.  Each outstanding share of
common stock entitles the record holder to one vote.  As of the record date,
each holder of Series A Preferred Stock is entitled to ___votes per share.

     The holders of a majority interest of common stock and Series A convertible
preferred stock outstanding and entitled to vote at the meeting must be present,
in person or by proxy for a quorum for the meeting.  In the absence of a quorum,
the special meeting may be adjourned from time to time until the necessary
stockholders are present.

     The reorganization will be consummated only if approved by both:

 .    Two-thirds or more of the voting power of the CTC Communications' common
     stock and Series A convertible preferred stock entitled to vote, voting
     together as a single class; and

 .    Two-thirds or more of the shares of the CTC Communications' Series A
     convertible preferred stock entitled to vote, voting separately.

     Votes cast by proxy or in person at the special meeting will be counted by
persons appointed by us who will act as election inspectors for the meeting.
The election inspectors will count the total number of votes cast "for" the
approval of the reorganization for purposes of determining whether sufficient
affirmative votes have been cast. The election inspectors will count shares that
reflect abstentions and "broker non-votes" as shares that are present and
entitled to vote on the matter for purposes of determining the presence of a
quorum.  Abstentions and broker non-votes have the effect of votes cast against
the reorganization proposal.  Broker non-votes will be counted as shares that
are present and entitled to vote on the matter for purposes of determining the
presence of a quorum. "Broker non-votes" are shares represented at the meeting
held by brokers or nominees as to which instructions have not been received from
the beneficial owners or persons entitled to vote and the broker or nominee does
not have the discretionary voting power on a particular matter.

                                      -15-
<PAGE>


                Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners

Common Stock


     The following table sets forth information as of June 2, 1999 with
respect to the beneficial ownership of CTC Communications common stock by:

 .    each person known by us to beneficially own more than 5% of the
     outstanding shares of our common stock;
 .    our directors and our Named Executive Officers; and
 .    all executive officers and directors as a group.

Based on the information furnished by the beneficial owners of the common stock
listed below, we believe that each such stockholder exercises sole voting and
investment power with respect to the shares beneficially owned.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                           Beneficial Ownership
                                           --------------------
Name                                       Number      Percent
- ---------------------------------------    ---------   --------
<S>                                        <C>         <C>

Robert J. Fabbricatore(1)                  2,830,870     27.0%
Spectrum Equity Investors II, L.P.(2)      1,641,817     13.7%
Kevin J. Maroni(2)(3)                      1,646,817     13.7%
Robert A. Nicholson(2)(4)                  1,647,906     13.7%
Goldman, Sachs & Co. (5)                     662,600      6.0%
Henry Hermann(6)                             225,755      2.2%
Richard J. Santagati(7)                       96,000        *
Carl Redfield(8)                              24,000        *
J. Richard Murphy(9)                          25,167        *
Ralph C. Sillari(10)                           6,334        *
Katherine Dietze Courage (11)                 10,000        *
Steven P. Milton(12)                         489,432      4.7%
David E. Mahan(13)                           187,100      1.8%
John D. Pittenger(14)                        263,588      2.5%
Steven C. Jones(15)                          237,500      2.2%
Ralph S. Troupe(16)                            6,250        *
All directors and executive
officers as a group (17 persons)(17)       6,610,948     51.0%
- ---------------
</TABLE>
*Less than 1%.

(1)  Includes 62,498 shares owned by Mr. Fabbricatore as trustee of a trust for
     his children and 1,133,239 shares as a general partner of a family
     partnership; also includes 108,556 shares issuable upon exercise of options
     exercisable within 60 days of June 2, 1999. Mr. Fabbricatore's address is
     c/o CTC Communications Corp., 360 Second Avenue, Waltham, Massachusetts
     02451.
(2)  Includes 187,066 shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants exercisable
     within 60 days of June 2, 1999 and 1,474,908 shares issuable upon
     conversion of Series A Preferred Stock as of June 2, 1999. As partners of
     Spectrum Equity Investors II, L.P., Mr. Maroni, Mr. Nicholson, Mr. Collatos
     and Brion B. Applegate may be deemed to be beneficial owners of the shares
     owned by Spectrum. The address of Spectrum and its partners is One
     International Place, 29th Floor, Boston, Massachusetts 02110.

                                      -16-
<PAGE>


(3)  Includes 5,000 shares issuable to Mr. Maroni upon the exercise of options
     exercisable within 60 days of June 2, 1999.  The address of Spectrum and
     its partners is One International Place, 29th Floor, Boston, Massachusetts
     02110.
(4)  Includes 83 shares issuable to Mr. Nicholson upon the exercise of warrants
     and 5,000 shares issuable upon the exercise of options exercisable within
     60 days of June 2, 1999, and 1006 shares issuable upon conversion of
     Series A Preferred Stock as of June 2, 1999.  The address of Spectrum and
     its partners is One International Place, 29th Floor, Boston, Massachusetts
     02110.
(5)  Includes 662,600 shares issuable upon exercise of a warrant exercisable
     within 60 days of June 2, 1999. The address of Goldman, Sachs & Co. is 85
     Broad St., New York, NY 10004.
(6)  Includes 9,750 shares held by Mr. Hermann's spouse and 20,167 shares
     issuable upon the exercise of options exercisable within 60 days of June
     2, 1999.
(7)  Includes 21,000 shares issuable to Mr. Santagati upon the exercise of
     options exercisable within 60 days of June 2, 1999.
(8)  Includes 10,000 shares issuable to Mr. Redfield upon the exercise of
     options exercisable within 60 days of June 2, 1999.
(9)  Includes 24,167 shares issuable to Mr. Murphy upon the exercise of options
     exercisable within 60 days of June 2, 1999.
(10) Includes 5,834 shares issuable to Mr. Sillari upon the exercise of options
     exercisable within 60 days of June 2, 1999.
(11) Includes 10,000 shares issuable to Ms. Courage upon the exercise of options
     exercisable within 60 days of June 2, 1999.
(12) Includes 4,500 shares owned by Mr. Milton as trustee of a trust for his
     children and 98,500 shares issuable upon the exercise of options
     exercisable within 60 days of June 2, 1999.
(13) Includes 120,000 shares issuable to Mr. Mahan upon the exercise of options
     exercisable within 60 days of June 2, 1999.
(14) Includes 65,000 shares issuable to Mr. Pittenger upon the exercise of
     options exercisable within 60 days of June 2, 1999.
(15) Includes 187,500 shares issuable to Mr. Jones upon the exercise of options
     exercisable within 60 days of June 2, 1999.
(16) Includes 6,250 shares issuable to Mr. Troupe upon the exercise of options
     exercisable within 60 days of June 2, 1999.
(17) Includes the shares described in footnotes (1) through (15) above.

Preferred Stock


     As of  June 2, 1999, Spectrum owned 657,555, or 98.6%, of the outstanding
Series A convertible preferred stock of CTC Communications.

                                      -17-
<PAGE>


         Appraisal Rights of Dissenting CTC Communications Stockholders

     The following is a summary of the rights of dissenting stockholders under
Massachusetts law.  Appendix D is a copy of these rights as set forth in
Sections 86 through 98 of Chapter 156B of the General Laws of Massachusetts.
Dissenter's rights entitle shareholders to demand payment for their shares
instead of participating in the reorganization.

     In accordance with Section 87 of Chapter 156B of the General Laws of
Massachusetts, we advise you: if the action proposed is approved by the
stockholders at the meeting and effected by the corporation, any stockholder (1)
who files with the corporation before the taking of the vote on the approval of
such action, written objection to the proposed action stating that he intends to
demand payment for his shares if the action is taken and (2) whose shares are
not voted in favor of such action has or may have the right to demand in writing
from CTC Communications, within twenty days after the date of mailing to him of
notice in writing that the corporate action has become effective, payment for
his shares and an appraisal of the value thereof.  Such corporation and any such
stockholder shall in such cases have the rights and duties and shall follow the
procedure set forth in sections 88 to 98, inclusive, of chapter 156B of the
General Laws of Massachusetts.

     If you have made your demand for appraisal rights in a timely manner, we
will be required to pay you the fair market value of your shares within 30 days
after the expiration of the 20-day period referenced above.  If during the 30-
day period we do not come to agreement as to the fair value of the shares,
either you or we may, within four months after the end of the 30-day period,
have the fair value of stock of all dissenting stockholders determined by
judicial proceedings by filing a bill in equity in the Superior Court in
Middlesex County, Massachusetts. For the purposes of the Superior Court's
determination, the value of the shares of CTC Communications would be determined
as of the date preceding the date of the vote of the stockholders approving the
proposal and would be exclusive of any element of value arising from the
expectation or accomplishment of the reorganization. Upon making written demand
for payment, you will no longer be entitled to notices of meetings of
stockholders, to vote, or to dividends unless no suit is filed within four
months to determine the value of the stock, any suit is dismissed as to you, or
you, with our written approval withdraw your objection in writing.

     The enforcement of your appraisal rights as set forth in Sections 85
through 98 of Chapter 156B of the Massachusetts General Laws is an exclusive
remedy except for your right to bring a proceeding to obtain relief on the
ground that the merger will be or is illegal or fraudulent as to you.

     The provisions of Sections 85 through 98 of Chapter 156B of the
Massachusetts General Laws are technical in nature and are complex. If you would
like to exercise your appraisal rights, you should consult legal counsel for
assistance since your failure to comply strictly with any of the provisions may
nullify your rights.

     Our credit facilities would prohibit us from making payments to
stockholders who exercise their appraisal rights to demand payment for their
stock.  See the section entitled "We may default under our credit facilities if
we pay money to stockholders that exercise appraisal rights or if we  do not
consummate the reorganization" under "Risk Factors."


The Reorganization

     Your approval of the reorganization will constitute approval of the
agreement and plan of reorganization, the  certificate of incorporation of CTC
Group and the bylaws of CTC Group.


Proposed Reorganization

     The board of directors of CTC Communications has approved the Agreement and
Plan of Reorganization to permit the reorganization of the corporate structure
of CTC Communications and recommends that the stockholders

                                      -18-
<PAGE>

of CTC Communications also approve it. The reorganization will result in CTC
Communications becoming a wholly-owned Massachusetts subsidiary of the Delaware
holding company, CTC Group.


Reasons for the Reorganization

Requirement under our Credit Facility

     In September 1998, CTC Communications entered into a $75 million loan and
security agreement with Goldman Sachs Partners L.P. and Fleet National Bank.  In
this agreement, CTC Communications agreed to restructure the company as a
Delaware holding company.  The lenders under this facility have extended the
date by which we must obtain stockholder approval until June 30, 1999.
Following the reorganization, CTC Group is required to pledge the shares of its
subsidiary, CTC Communications, to the lenders as collateral for the loan.  If
we do not obtain stockholder approval of the reorganization before June 30,
1999, we will be in default under this facility and the lenders could require us
to repay our loans.

Predictability, Flexibility and Responsiveness to Corporate Needs.

     For many years, Delaware has followed a policy of encouraging incorporation
in that state and has adopted comprehensive, modern and flexible corporate laws
which are updated and revised to meet changing business needs. As a result of
this deliberate policy to provide a hospitable climate for corporate
development, many major corporations have chosen Delaware for their domicile.
In addition, the Delaware courts have developed considerable expertise in
dealing with corporate issues.  A substantial body of case law has developed
construing Delaware corporations law and establishing specific legal principles
and policies regarding Delaware corporations. This provides greater legal
predictability with respect to the corporate legal affairs of Delaware
corporations than other jurisdictions such as Massachusetts, our current state
of incorporation.   We believe that Delaware will continue its leadership
position in the development of corporate law in the United States, and that the
Delaware legislature will continue to ensure that Delaware corporate law is up
to date and flexible.  We believe that as a result Delaware law will provide
greater efficiency, predictability and flexibility in our legal affairs than is
presently available under Massachusetts law.

Directors and Officers.

     We believe that organizing a holding company under Delaware law will
enhance our ability to attract and retain qualified directors and officers.  The
corporate law of Delaware offers directors and officers more certainty and
stability.  Under Delaware law the parameters of director and officer liability
are more clearly defined and better understood than under Massachusetts law.  To
date, we have not experienced difficulty in retaining directors or officers, but
directors of public companies are exposed to significant potential liability and
are paid relatively little. Thus, we believe that providing the benefits
afforded directors by Delaware law will enable us  to compete more effectively
with other public companies in the recruitment of talented and experienced
directors and officers.

     We believe Delaware law provides appropriate protection for stockholders
from possible abuses by directors and officers.  Under Delaware law, directors'
personal liability cannot be eliminated for

 .    any breach of the director's duty of loyalty to the corporation or its
     stockholders,
 .    acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional
     misconduct or a knowing violation of law,
 .    unlawful payment of dividends or unlawful repurchases or redemptions of
     stock, or
 .    any transactions from which the director derived an improper personal
     benefit.

Takeover Response.

     In general, Delaware case law provides a well developed body of law
defining the proper duties and decision making process expected of a board of
directors in evaluating potential and proposed corporate takeover

                                      -19-
<PAGE>

offers and business combinations. We believe that this will provide our
directors with better guidance if they are faced with a hostile takeover
attempt.

     Also, we may consider adopting measures designed to protect stockholder
interests in the event of a hostile takeover attempt.  Such anti-takeover
measures have not been as fully tested in the Massachusetts courts as in the
Delaware courts.  As a result, Delaware law affords greater certainty that any
such measures would be interpreted, sustained and applied in accordance with the
intentions of the board.  We believe that such anti-takeover measures and
related Delaware law could help us to protect our corporate strategies, to
consider fully any proposed takeover and alternatives, and, if appropriate, to
negotiate terms that maximize the benefit to our stockholders.

Financing Flexibility.

     In addition to the benefits that Delaware law affords, we believe that a
holding company structure will be beneficial to stockholders because it will
provide the Company with more flexibility in structuring financing arrangements.
For example, in a holding company structure, we could issue debt at the
operating company level that would be structurally senior to debt at the holding
company level.  Many financial institutions prefer this structural subordination
over the subordination provided solely by contract.


Reorganization Procedure

     The reorganization involves two steps.  First, we incorporated two new
corporations in the state of Delaware.  We organized CTC Communications Group,
Inc. as a holding company and CTC-Newco as its wholly-owned subsidiary.  Neither
of these companies have any business.  Pursuant to the plan of reorganization,
CTC-Newco will merge into CTC Communications.   CTC Communications will survive
the merger as a wholly-owned Massachusetts subsidiary of CTC Communications
Group, Inc.

     On the effective date of the reorganization, each outstanding share of
common stock and Series A convertible preferred stock of CTC Communications will
automatically convert into one share of common stock and one share of Series A
convertible preferred stock of CTC Group.  Stockholders of CTC Communications
will automatically become stockholders of CTC Group.  Assuming that no
stockholder exercises his or her appraisal rights, the same number of shares of
CTC Group will be outstanding immediately after the reorganization as there were
outstanding shares of CTC Communications immediately before.  In addition, on
exercise of any outstanding option, warrant or right to acquire shares of common
stock of CTC Communications, the holders of those options, warrants or rights
will be entitled to receive an equal number of shares of common stock of CTC
Group, under the same terms as the original options, warrants or rights.  All of
CTC Communications' employee benefit plans, including the 1993 Employee Stock
Option Plan, the 1996 Employee Stock Option Plan, the Employee Stock Purchase
Plan, the Employee Stock Benefit Plan, the 401(k) Savings Plan, and the 1998
Incentive Plan, will be adopted and continued by CTC Group following the
reorganization.  Your approval of the proposed reorganization will constitute
approval of the adoption and assumption of those plans by CTC Group.

     You do not need to take any action to exchange your stock certificates.  Do
not turn in your stock certificates.   Certificates for shares of CTC
Communications' stock will automatically represent an equal number of shares of
CTC Group stock upon completion of the reorganization.


Capitalization of the Delaware Holding Company

     CTC Communications is authorized to issue up to 25,000,000 shares of common
stock, and up to 1,000,000 shares of preferred stock.  10,369,580 shares of
common stock and 666,666 shares of Series A convertible preferred stock are
outstanding as of June 2, 1999.  In addition, options to purchase 3,598,742
shares of our common stock and warrants to purchase 1,388,071 shares of common
stock were outstanding on June 2, 1999.

                                      -20-
<PAGE>

     CTC Group  is authorized to issue up to 100,000,000 shares of common stock
and 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock.  CTC Group's authorized capital is
significantly greater than that of CTC Communications.

Common Stock

     The holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote per share on all
matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders. After the payment of any
required preferential amounts to the holders of any outstanding preferred stock,
holders of common stock are entitled to receive dividends that may be declared
by the board of directors. In the event of the liquidation, dissolution or
winding up of CTC, holders of common stock are entitled to share ratably in all
assets remaining after payment of liabilities and the payment of any required
preferential amounts to the holders of any outstanding preferred stock. The
common stock has no preemptive or conversion rights or other subscription
rights. There are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the
common stock.


     Although we have no plans to approve future issuances of additional shares
of common stock of CTC Group other than in the proposed public offering or the
shares reserved for issuance upon exercise of stock options or warrants, we have
authorized a larger number of shares of common stock of CTC Group so that we
have shares available to provide us with additional business and financing
flexibility in the future. However, we do expect to increase the number of
shares issuable under our employee stock option plan and are considering
adopting a non-employee directors option plan. Each of these would be subject to
shareholders approval. The board may use the additional shares without further
stockholder approval to, among other things

 .    issue additional dividends in the form of stock splits,
 .    raise capital,
 .    provide equity incentives to employees, officers or directors,
 .    establish strategic relationships with other companies, and
 .    expand CTC Communications' business or product lines through the
     acquisition of other businesses.

     We could also use the additional shares of common stock to oppose a hostile
takeover attempt or delay or prevent changes in control of our management.  For
example, without further stockholder approval, we could strategically sell
shares of common stock in a private transaction to purchasers who would oppose a
takeover or favor the current board.  Although this proposal to increase the
authorized common stock has been prompted by business and financial
considerations and not by the threat of any hostile takeover attempt, you should
be aware that approval of this proposal could facilitate future efforts by  CTC
Communications to deter or prevent changes in control, including transactions in
which you might otherwise receive a premium for your shares over then current
market prices.

Preferred Stock

     Each share of our Series A convertible preferred stock accrues a dividend
in an amount equal to an annual rate of 9% of the $18.00 per share purchase
price per annum compounding every six months. This dividend is payable upon
redemption, liquidation or conversion of the Series A convertible preferred
stock. The holders of a majority of the Series A preferred stock may elect to
cause us to redeem the Series A convertible preferred stock after April 9, 2003.
Upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of CTC, holders of the Series A
convertible preferred stock will be entitled to receive the payment of a
preferential amount, before any distribution or payment is made with respect to
any junior class of our capital stock. The preference amount payable for each
share of our Series A convertible preferred stock will be an amount in cash
equal to the greater of:


 .    the purchase price plus all accrued dividends through the date of payment,
     or

 .    the purchase price plus all accrued dividends plus an acceleration of the
     dividend due through April 9, 2003.

                                      -21-
<PAGE>

Prior to any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of CTC, the Series A
convertible preferred stock will automatically convert into common stock if the
liquidation amount is less than the amount the holder of Series A convertible
preferred stock would have received had the holder converted to common stock.


     The Series A convertible preferred stock can be converted into common
stock. In addition, we have the right to convert the Series A convertible
preferred stock.  We can convert the Series A convertible preferred stock
prior to April 10, 2002, if the trading price of our common stock is at least
$27.00 for thirty consecutive trading days.  After April 10, 2002, we can
convert the Series A convertible preferred stock if the trading price of our
common stock is at least $9.00 for thirty consecutive trading days.  On the date
of issuance, the 666,666 shares of Series A convertible preferred stock were
convertible into 1,333,332 shares of our common stock. The number of shares of
common stock into which the Series A convertible preferred stock can be
converted increases by an amount equal to the accrued dividend divided by $9.00.
The number of shares of common stock also adjusts on some issuances of common
stock, or securities convertible into or exercisable for common stock, that
would dilute the economic interest of the holders of the Series A convertible
preferred stock. Holders of the Series A convertible preferred stock are
entitled to a number of votes equal to the lesser of:

 .    the whole number of shares of common stock they would receive if they
     converted their Series A convertible preferred stock plus the number of
     warrants they hold that were issued with the convertible preferred stock;
     and

 .    the number of shares of Series A convertible preferred stock they hold
     multiplied by 2.476.

For example, on June 2, 1999, the aggregate accrued dividend on the Series A
convertible preferred stock was $1,274,186.  Dividing this accrued divided by
$9.00 equals 141,576, or the number of the additional shares of common stock
issuable upon conversion of the Series A convertible preferred stock.   In
connection with the issuance of the Series A convertible preferred stock CTC
Communications issued warrants to purchase an aggregate of 133,333 shares of its
common stock.  The sum of the shares issuable on conversion of the Series A
convertible preferred stock, or 1,474,908, plus the 133,333 warrants issued with
the Series A convertible preferred stock is 1,608,241.  Because this number is
less than 666,666 multiplied by 2.476 the number of votes the holders of the
Series A convertible preferred stock are entitled to on June 2, 1999 is
1,608,241. Except as required by law or the certificate of designation, the
holders of Series A preferred stock vote with the holders of the common stock as
a single class.

     The certificate of incorporation of CTC Group, like the existing articles
of organization of CTC Communications, will give the board the authority to
designate one or more additional series of preferred stock. Such provisions are
often referred to as "blank check" provisions, since they give the board  the
flexibility, without further stockholder approval, to create one or more series
of preferred stock and to determine the designations, preferences and
limitations of each such series.  For each series of preferred stock it
authorizes, the board will have the authority to determine, among other things:

 .    the number of shares,
 .    dividend rights,
 .    voting rights,
 .    conversion privileges,
 .    redemption provisions,
 .    sinking fund provisions,
 .    rights upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up of CTC Group and
 .    other relative rights, preferences and limitations of such series.

     If the board authorizes a series of preferred stock that provides for
dividends, the dividends may be cumulative and the designations of the series
may require that no dividends may be paid on the common stock until the
cumulative dividends are paid on the preferred stock.  In addition, the board
may designate a series of preferred

                                      -22-
<PAGE>

stock that in the event of any dissolution, liquidation or winding up of CTC
Group, entitles its holders to receive a liquidation preference together with
all accumulated and unpaid dividends, prior to the distribution of any assets or
funds to the holders of common stock. Depending upon the consideration paid for
preferred stock, the liquidation preference of preferred stock and other
matters, the issuance of preferred stock could therefore result in a reduction
in the assets available for distribution to the holders of common stock in the
event of liquidation of CTC Group. Holders of common stock do not have any
preemptive rights to acquire preferred stock or any other securities of CTC
Group.

     Giving the board the authority to issue blank check preferred stock will
provide us with the flexibility to create a series of preferred stock customized
to meet the needs of any particular transaction or market condition.  In
addition, we could use blank check preferred stock to frustrate attempts at
hostile takeover of the company by creating voting impediments.  The issuance of
additional preferred stock at below market rates would dilute the value of the
outstanding securities of CTC Group and similarly hamper a takeover attempt.  We
could also privately place such shares with friendly purchasers who might oppose
a hostile takeover bid. We do not currently have any plans, agreements,
commitments or understandings with respect to the issuance of additional shares
of preferred stock.

     We believe that CTC Group should have available additional shares of
preferred stock for issuance by the board of directors of CTC Group in the
future, to the extent deemed advisable by the board.


Registration Rights

     Under the terms of a registration rights agreement with the purchasers of
the Series A convertible preferred stock, those purchasers can request that we
register their sale of the shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the
warrants or upon conversion of the Series A preferred stock under the Securities
Act. Toronto Dominion, Relational Funding Corporation, GSCP and Fleet also have
registration rights under the terms of warrants we issued to them.


     The certificate of incorporation of CTC Group is attached to the agreement
and plan of reorganization. That agreement is attached to this document as
Appendix B.  You should review Appendix B carefully.

Interests of the Company's Directors and Officers


     You should be aware that reincorporation in Delaware may benefit our
directors by:

 .    reducing the directors' potential personal liability and increasing the
     scope of permitted indemnification,
 .    strengthening the directors' ability to resist a takeover bid, and
 .    limiting the ability of stockholders to remove directors.

     In considering the reorganization proposal, you should be aware that the
reorganization may make it more difficult for holders of a majority of the
outstanding shares of our common stock to replace directors or to remove
existing management.  In particular, a proxy contest may become a less
effective means of removing or replacing existing directors and could make a
change in control that is opposed by the board more difficult.  This could
result in a board which is less responsive to specific stockholder initiatives.
For a more complete discussion of the principal differences between
Massachusetts and Delaware law and the charters and bylaws of CTC Communications
and CTC Group as they affect stockholders, see "Significant Changes Caused by
the Reorganization."

                                      -23-
<PAGE>


Significant Changes Caused by the Reorganization

     In general, the corporate law of Massachusetts, CTC Communications' state
of incorporation, and the articles of organization and by-laws of CTC
Communications govern CTC Communications' corporate affairs at present.  You can
inspect the Massachusetts articles and bylaws during business hours at the
principal executive offices of CTC Communications.  In addition, you may obtain
copies by writing to CTC Communications Corp., 360 Second Ave., Waltham,
Massachusetts, 02451, attention: John D. Pittenger, Executive Vice President -
Chief Financial Officer.

     If the stockholders approve the plan of reorganization, you will become a
stockholder of a Delaware corporation.  Following the reorganization, Delaware
law rather than Massachusetts law will determine issues of corporate governance
and control. The Massachusetts articles of organization and by-laws of CTC
Communications, will, in effect, be superseded by the Delaware certificate of
incorporation and by-laws of CTC Group. Accordingly, it is important for you to
understand the differences among these documents and between Delaware and
Massachusetts law in deciding whether to approve the reorganization

     There are a number of differences between Massachusetts and Delaware law
and among the various charter documents of CTC Communications and CTC Group.
The following discussion summarizes the more important differences between the
Massachusetts General laws Annotated, or  the MGLA, and the Delaware General
Corporation Law, or the DGCL, and between the articles of incorporation and
bylaws of CTC Communications, or the Massachusetts articles and bylaws, and the
proposed certificate of incorporation and bylaws of CTC Group, or the Delaware
certificate and bylaws.  We do not intend this summary to be a complete
discussion of all of the differences.  You should refer to the actual terms of
CTC Communications Articles of Organization and Bylaws and to CTC Group's
Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws.

Special Meeting of Stockholders


     The DGCL provides that only its directors or someone else specifically
authorized by the certificate of incorporation or bylaws may call special
meetings of stockholders.  The Delaware bylaws provide that the Chairman of the
board of directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the President, or the CTC
Group board of directors may call a special meeting at anytime.  If the
reorganization is approved stockholders will not be able to call a special
meeting.

     Under the MGLA, unless otherwise provided in the articles of organization
or bylaws, the Clerk of a public corporationmust call special meetings of
stockholders upon written application by stockholders who hold at least 40% of
the capital stock entitled to vote.  The Massachusetts bylaws provide that the
President or the board of directors of CTC Communications may call special
meetings of stockholders.  In addition the Clerk or any other officer must call
a special meeting of stockholders upon written application of stockholders who
hold at least 40% of the capital stock entitled to vote.

Voting Requirements and Quorums for Stockholder Meetings

     Under the DGCL, a majority of stock entitled to vote at any meeting of
stockholders constitutes a quorum for the transaction of business at the
meeting, unless the certificate of incorporation or bylaws specify a different
percentage.  The certificate of incorporation and bylaws, however, may not
provide that a quorum consist of less than one-third of the shares entitled to
vote at the meeting.  Unless the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or the
bylaws specify a different voting requirement under the DGCL, the stockholders
can approve a proposal if a majority of shares present in person or represented
by proxy at meeting at which a quorum is present vote "for" the proposal.

     The Delaware bylaws provide that, except as otherwise provided by law or in
the Delaware certificate or bylaws, a quorum for the transaction of business is
reached when the holders of a majority of the stock of CTC

                                      -24-
<PAGE>

Group is present or represented by proxy. The Delaware bylaws provide that when
a quorum is present, stockholders will approve an action by vote of a majority
of the total vote cast, unless the Delaware certificate, Delaware bylaws or DGCL
requires a higher percentage of affirmative votes.

     Under the MGLA, unless the articles of organization or bylaws provide
otherwise, a majority of the stock entitled to vote at any meeting constitutes a
quorum.  Except for the election of directors and other fundamental matters, the
MGLA does not prescribe the percentage vote required for stockholder action.


     Under the Massachusetts bylaws, a majority of the shares of CTC
Communications entitled to vote constitutes a quorum at a meeting.  The
Massachusetts bylaws provide that, except where a different vote is required by
law, the Massachusetts articles or the Massachusetts bylaws, a vote of a
majority of each class voting shall determine all questions.  Generally, under
Massachusetts law, two-thirds of the shares of each class of stock outstanding
and entitled to vote or which would be adversely affected by the transaction
must approve a merger or a sale of all of the corporation's assets.  The
reorganization proposal submitted for approval in this document constitutes
such a merger.

Business Conducted at Stockholder Meetings

     The Delaware bylaws provide that at an annual meeting the only business
that may be conducted is that which has been:

 .    specified in the notice of meeting,
 .    proposed at the time of the meeting by the CTC Group board of directors,
     or
 .    proposed at the time by a stockholder who had given timely prior written
     notice to the Secretary of CTC Group of his intention to bring such
     business before the meeting.

In all cases, a notice is timely, if CTC Group receives it not less than sixty
days nor more than ninety days prior to the meeting.  If CTC Group gives fewer
than seventy days' notice or prior public disclosure of the meeting date, the
notice is timely if CTC Group receives it no later than the tenth day following
the day on which the company mailed notice of the date of the meeting or made
such public disclosure, whichever occurs first. The notice must contain:

 .    a brief description of the business the stockholder proposes to bring
     before the meeting,
 .    the name and address of the stockholder,
 .    the reasons for conducting the business at the meeting,
 .    the class and number of shares of stock of CTC Group beneficially owned by
     such stockholder, and
 .    any material interest of such stockholder in the business proposed.

If the chairman of a meeting of CTC Group stockholders determines that business
was not properly brought before the meeting in accordance with these procedures,
stockholders may not act on the business at the meeting.

     The Massachusetts bylaws contain the same provisions as the Delaware bylaws
described above.

Nomination and Election of Directors

     The Delaware bylaws provide that, except as otherwise provided by law, the
holders of a plurality of the shares of stock present, in person or by proxy, at
the meeting and entitled to vote, elect the directors of the corporation.
Neither the Delaware certificate nor the Delaware bylaws allows cumulative
voting for the election of directors.  The Delaware bylaws provide that
stockholders must notify the secretary of CTC Group of proposed stockholder
nominations of candidates for election as directors by not less than sixty days
nor more than ninety days prior to the meeting.  If the company gives or makes
less than seventy days' notice or prior public disclosure of the date of the
meeting, the stockholder must mail or deliver notice to the secretary not later
than the tenth day following

                                      -25-
<PAGE>

the day on which such notice of the date of the meeting was mailed or such
public disclosure was made, whichever occurs first. The notice must contain the
following information about the proposed nominee:

 .    age,
 .    business and residence addresses,
 .    principal occupation,
 .    the number of shares of stock of CTC Group he or she beneficially owns and
 .    any other information that would be required in a proxy statement
     soliciting proxies for the election of the proposed nominee.

In addition the notice must provide information about the stockholder proposing
to nominate that person. CTC Group may also require any proposed nominee to
furnish other information reasonably necessary to determine the proposed
nominee's eligibility to serve as a director. If the Chairman of a meeting of
CTC Group stockholders determines that the stockholders did not nominate the
stockholder's candidate in accordance with the foregoing procedures, the
candidate is not eligible for election as a director.

     The Massachusetts bylaws contain provisions substantially similar to the
provisions of the Delaware bylaws described above.

Inspection Rights

     Under the DGCL, every stockholder has a right to examine during usual
business hours, for any proper purpose, the corporation's stock ledger, a list
of its stockholders and its other books and records.  Stockholders also have the
right to make copies or extracts of these documents.  In order to exercise this
right, you must submit a written demand to the corporation, under oath, stating
the purpose of your inspection.  If the corporation refuses to permit the
inspection or fails to reply to your demand within five business days after you
made the demand, you may apply to the Delaware Court of Chancery to compel the
inspection.  When you seek to have the Chancery Court compel an inspection of
the corporation's books and records, other than its stock ledger or list of
stockholders, you must first establish that you have complied with the formal
requirements of making a demand for inspection and that the inspection is for a
proper purpose. For purposes of this provision of the DGCL, a "proper purpose"
is one that is reasonably related to your interest as a stockholder. The
Delaware bylaws also provide that CTC Group must prepare a complete list of
stockholders entitled to vote at a given meeting, at least ten days before such
meeting.  The corporation must make the list available to stockholders for any
purpose germane to the relevant meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a
period of at least ten days prior to such meeting.

     The MGLA requires that every domestic corporation maintain in
Massachusetts, and make available for inspection by its stockholders, the
corporation's articles of organization, bylaws, records of all meetings of
incorporators and stockholders, and the stock and transfer records listing the
names of all stockholders, their record addresses and the amount of stock each
holds.  You also have the right to copy materials and to be represented by
agent or counsel in exercising these rights.  The MGLA further provides that if
any officer or agent of a corporation refuses or neglects to exhibit the
corporate records in legible form or to produce for examination a stockholder
list, such officer or agent will be liable to you for actual damages sustained
by you because of their  refusal or neglect.  If you proceed against the company
under the foregoing provision, however, the company may raise the defense that
the actual purpose and reason for your inspection is to secure a list of
stockholders or other information for the purpose of selling the information or
of using it for purposes other than in your interest as a stockholder.  In
addition to your inspection rights set forth in the MGLA, you have a common law
right to inspect additional documents, which, if your request is refused by the
corporation, may be obtained by petitioning a court for an order to produce the
documents.  In petitioning a court for such an order, you must show that

 .    you are acting in good faith
 .    your purpose is to advance the interests of the corporation and protect
     your own interests as a stockholder, and
 .    the requested documents are relevant to those purposes.

                                      -26-
<PAGE>

Action by Consent of Stockholders

     Under the DGCL and the Delaware certificate, stockholders may take any
stockholder action without a meeting and without prior notice, if the
stockholders having the number of votes that would be necessary to take such
action at a meeting at which all stockholders were present and voted, consent to
the action in writing.  The corporation must file the written consents with the
records of the meetings of stockholders.  In order for the action to be
effective, stockholders must sign and deliver the consents to the corporation
within sixty days after the corporation receives the earliest dated consent.

     Under the MGLA, stockholders may take any stockholder action without a
meeting if all stockholders entitled to vote on the matter consent to the action
in writing and the corporation files the written consents with the records of
the meetings of stockholders. The Massachusetts bylaws provide that stockholders
may take any action without a meeting if all stockholders entitled to vote on
the matter consent to the action by writing.

Dividends and Stock Repurchases

     Under the DGCL, a corporation may declare and pay dividends if the capital
of the corporation is not less than the total amount of capital represented by
all classes of stock having a liquidation preference.  In addition, under the
DGCL a corporation may generally redeem or repurchase shares of its stock if its
capital is not currently impaired and if the redemption or repurchase will not
impair its capital.  Under the DGCL, the directors of a corporation are jointly
and severally liable if they negligently or willfully make improper dividend
payments, stock repurchases or redemptions.  If a stockholder receives dividends
on, or assets for the sale or redemption of, their stock with knowledge that
such dividend, repurchase or redemption was unlawful, any director held liable
pursuant to this provision may recover from such stockholder.

     The Delaware certificate provides that CTC Group may declare and pay
dividends on the common stock from lawfully available funds as and when
determined by its board of directors after making payments to any outstanding
preferred stock which has preferential dividend rights.

     Under the MGLA, the directors of a corporation will be jointly and
severally liable if a payment of dividends or a repurchase of a corporation's
stock is made when the corporation is insolvent, renders the corporation
insolvent or violates the corporation's articles of organization.  If a
stockholder receives a distribution other than a distribution of stock when the
corporation is insolvent or which renders the corporation insolvent, he will be
liable to the corporation for the amount of the distribution, or for the amount
of the distribution which exceeds the amount of distribution which could have
been made without rendering the corporation insolvent.  In either event the
stockholders are only liable for the amount paid or distributed to them.   A
stockholder who pays more than his proportionate share of such distribution or
excess may recover from the other stockholders.

Classification, Number and Qualification of the Board of Directors

     The DGCL permits, but does not require, classification of a corporation's
board of directors into one, two or three classes. Under the DGCL, the bylaws
must set forth how the number of directors will be determined unless the
corporation's certificate of incorporation fixes the number of directors.  If
the certificate of incorporation fixes the number of directors, in order to
change the number of directors, the corporation must amend its certificate of
incorporation. The Delaware certificate and bylaws provide for three classes of
directors.  The terms of the classes are staggered so that the stockholders
elect the directors of one class each year.  The stockholders elect each
director for a three-year term or until a successor to each director in each
such class is elected. The classification of CTC Group's board is substantially
similar to the classification provided in the Massachusetts bylaws.

                                      -27-
<PAGE>

     The MGLA requires classification of a public corporation's board of
directors into three classes, each having a three-year term.  The directors of a
public corporation may elect by majority vote to be exempt from such requirement
or the stockholders of such public corporation may elect to be exempt from such
requirement by a vote of two-thirds of each class of stock outstanding.  In
accordance with the MGLA, the Massachusetts articles and bylaws provide for the
classification of CTC Communications' board of directors into three classes, as
nearly equal in number as possible.  The terms of the classes are staggered so
that the stockholders elect the directors of only one class each year.  The
stockholders elect each director for a three-year term or until a successor to
each director in each such class is elected.

     The MGLA requires that the bylaws fix the number of directors, but whenever
there are more than two stockholders of record the corporation must not have
less than three directors.  The Massachusetts bylaws provide that the number of
directors of CTC Communications consist of at least three but not more than
eleven members. They also provide that the number of directors may be increased
or decreased by vote of a majority of the directors then in office.

     Neither the Massachusetts articles nor the Massachusetts bylaws set forth
specific qualification requirements for directors.

Removal of Directors

     Under the DGCL and Delaware certificate, stockholders may generally remove
directors with or without cause by a majority vote.  However, stockholders may
remove members of a classified board only for cause, unless the certificate of
incorporation provides otherwise.

     The Massachusetts bylaws provide that stockholders may remove a director
from office at any time, but only for cause.  The holders of not less than a
majority of the shares then entitled to vote or a majority of the directors then
in office may vote to remove a director for cause.

Vacancies on the Board of Directors

     Under the DGCL, unless otherwise provided in the certificate of
incorporation or bylaws the vote of a majority of directors then in office, even
though less than a quorum, may fill vacancies on the board of directors and
newly created directorships.  The DGCL also provides that where classes or
series of stock elect specific directors, the remaining directors elected by the
class or series in whose directorships the vacancy occurs must vote to fill the
vacancy.  The Delaware certificate and bylaws provide that only a majority of
the directors then in office or the sole remaining director, although less than
a quorum, may vote to fill newly created directorships or any other vacancies on
the CTC Group board of directors.  A director elected to fill a vacancy holds
office until the next election of his class of directors, unless he or she dies,
resigns or is removed before the end of the term.

     The MGLA provides that in the case of a classified board like CTC
Communications', only the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then
in office, even though less than a quorum, may fill any vacancy in the board of
directors, including a vacancy resulting from the enlargement of the board of
directors.  The Massachusetts bylaws also provide that CTC Communications' board
of directors or the stockholders at the next annual meeting or at a special
meeting called for that purpose, shall fill newly created directorships
resulting from any increase in the number of directors.

Exculpation of Directors

     The DGCL permits a corporation to provide in its certificate of
incorporation that a director is not personally liable for monetary damages
caused by his breach of his fiduciary duties.  Under the DGCL, a charter
provision limiting liability cannot relieve a director of personal liability for

                                      -28-
<PAGE>

 .    any breach of the director's duty of loyalty to the corporation or its
     stockholders,
 .    acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional
     misconduct or a knowing violation of law,
 .    unlawful payment of dividends or unlawful repurchases or redemptions of
     stock or
 .    any transactions from which the director derived an improper personal
     benefit.

     In Massachusetts, a corporation's articles of organization may limit the
personal liability of its directors for breaches of their fiduciary duties.
Under the MGLA, a corporation's articles of organization may not limit the
directors' liability for acts or omission by a director which

 .    were in violation of the director's duty of loyalty to the corporation or
     its stockholders,
 .    were not in good faith or which involved intentional misconduct or a
     knowing violation of law, or
 .    involved a financial profit or other advantage to which the director was
     not legally entitled.

The MGLA also prohibits the elimination or limitation of director liability for
unauthorized loans to insiders or distributions that occur when a corporation
is, or which renders a corporation, insolvent.

     The Delaware certificate and the Massachusetts articles provide for
limitations on directors' liability as permitted by the DGCL and the MGLA.

Indemnification of Directors, Officers and Others

     Both the DGCL and the MGLA generally permit a corporation to indemnify its
directors, officers, employees and  others for expenses incurred by them because
of their position with the corporation.  For the corporation to provide
indemnity, the person must have acted in good faith and with the reasonable
belief that his or her conduct was not opposed to the best interest of the
corporation.  However, unlike the MGLA, the DGCL does not permit a corporation
to provide indemnity against judgments in actions brought by or in the right of
the corporation and for expenses related to such actions. The DGCL only permits
such indemnification if approved by the Delaware Court of Chancery.

     The Delaware certificate indemnifies directors for any monetary damages for
any breach of fiduciary duty as a director, to the maximum extent permitted
under Delaware law. The Delaware certificate also provides that CTC Group will
indemnify any director or officer of CTC Group against:

 .    all expenses, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred in
     connection with any legal proceeding, other than an action by or in the
     right of CTC Group, brought against him by virtue of his position as a
     director or officer of CTC Group and

 .    all expenses and amounts paid in settlement incurred in connection with
     any action by or in the right of CTC Group brought against him by virtue of
     his position as a director or officer of CTC Group,

in each case, only if

     .    he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be
          in, or not opposed to, the best interests of CTC Group, and
     .    with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, he had no
          reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful.

CTC Group will not indemnify any director officer in any matter in which he is
held liable to CTC Group, unless a court determines that he is entitled to
indemnification of such expenses. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a director
or officer is successful in a suit,  CTC Group must indemnify him against all
expenses, incurred in connection with the suit, unless the company determines
that the director or officer has not met the required standard of conduct.  If
CTC Group determines that the director or officer did not meet the applicable
standard of conduct required for

                                      -29-
<PAGE>

indemnification, or if CTC Group fails to make an indemnification payment to the
director or officer within sixty days after the director or officer claims
payment, he may petition the court to determine whether he is entitled to
indemnification. In order to claim indemnification, the director or officer must
give CTC Group notice of the action for which indemnity is sought and CTC Group
may participate in and assume the defense of such action. The Delaware
certificate further provides that, if Delaware amends its law to expand the
scope of permitted indemnification of directors or officers, CTC Group must
indemnify those persons to the fullest extent permitted by the amended law.

     The Massachusetts bylaws provide that CTC Communications must, to the
fullest extent allowed by law, indemnify each of its directors and officers,
against all expenses and liabilities reasonably incurred by them in connection
with their actions on the corporation's behalf.  If a settlement or compromise
of such action, suit or proceeding is reached, the company will provide
indemnification only if

 .    counsel for CTC Communications has provided to the board of directors an
     opinion stating that the settlement or compromise is in the best interest
     of CTC Communications and that the director or officer does not appear not
     to have acted in good faith in the reasonable belief that his action was in
     the best interests of CTC Communications, and

 .    the board of directors has adopted a resolution approving such settlement
     or compromise.

If it is determined that such director or officer did not act in good faith in
the reasonable belief that his action was in the best interests of CTC
Communications, the company shall not provide indemnification for such matter.

Transactions with Interested Parties

     The DGCL provides that a transaction

 .    between a corporation and any of its directors or officers, or an entity
     in which any of its directors or officers have a financial or other
     interest,

 .    where the interested director or officer is present at or votes at the
     meeting of the board of directors or committee which authorizes the
     transaction or where his or her votes are counted for such purpose,

will not be void or voidable only under the following circumstances:

     .    the board or committee of the board knows the material facts about the
          relationship or interest and the transaction and a majority of the
          disinterested directors approve the transaction, even though the
          disinterested directors number less than a quorum,

     .    the stockholders entitled to vote on such transaction know the
          material facts about the interested director's or officer's
          relationship or interest and the transaction and the stockholders vote
          to approve the transaction in good faith, or

     .    the transaction is fair to the corporation when it is authorized,
          approved or ratified by the board of directors or committee or the
          stockholders.

     The DGCL permits a corporation to count common or interested directors in
determining the presence of a quorum at a meeting of the board or of a committee
that authorizes transaction with an interested party.  The Delaware bylaws
contain a provision regarding transactions with interested parties that
substantially tracks the provisions of the DGCL summarized above.

     The MGLA contains no provision on interested party transactions comparable
to that of the DGCL.  The MGLA only expressly provides that directors who vote
for and officers who knowingly participate in loans to officers or directors are
jointly and severally liable to the corporation for any part of the loan that
the borrower does not repay.  Such directors will not be liable if a majority of
the directors who are not direct or indirect recipients of

                                      -30-
<PAGE>

such loans, or the holders of a majority of the shares entitled to vote for such
directors, approved or ratified the loan because they reasonably expected the
loan to benefit the corporation.

Fundamental Transactions

     The DGCL generally requires a vote of both the directors and a majority of
the stockholders to approve mergers and consolidations, and sales, leases or
exchanges of all of a corporation's property and assets. A corporation's
certificate of incorporation may require a greater-than-majority vote to approve
these transactions. Under the DGCL, a corporation that survives a merger need
not have stockholder approval for the merger if:

 .    each share of the surviving corporation's stock outstanding prior to the
     merger remains outstanding in identical form after the merger,
 .    there is no amendment to its certificate of incorporation and
 .    the consideration going to stockholders of the non-surviving corporation
     is not common stock or securities convertible into common stock of the
     surviving corporation or, if it is such stock or convertible securities,
     the aggregate number of shares of common stock issued, or initially
     issuable upon conversion, is not more than twenty percent of the shares of
     the surviving corporation's common stock outstanding immediately prior to
     the merger.

The Delaware certificate does not provide anything different from the DGCL
requirements.

     The MGLA generally requires a vote of two-thirds of the shares of each
class of stock entitled to vote, to approve mergers and consolidations and
sales, mortgages, leases or exchanges of all of a corporation's property.  The
MGLA states that the articles of organization may provide for a vote of a lesser
proportion but not less than a majority of each class.  The Massachusetts
articles do not permit a vote of lesser proportion.  In addition, unless
required by the corporation's articles of incorporation, the stockholders of the
surviving corporation do not need to approve an agreement providing for a merger
and such agreement may be approved by vote of its directors if:

 .    the agreement of merger does not change the name, the amount of shares
     authorized of any class of stock or other provisions of the articles of
     organization of such corporation,
 .    the authorized unissued shares or shares held in the treasury of the
     corporation of any class of stock of such corporation to be issued or
     delivered pursuant to the agreement of merger do not exceed 15% of the
     shares of such corporation of the same class outstanding immediately prior
     to the merger, and
 .    the issue of any unissued stock pursuant to the agreement of merger has
     been authorized in accordance with the provision of the MGLA governing the
     issue of authorized but unissued capital stock.

The Massachusetts articles do not require a merger agreement to be submitted to
the stockholders if the corporation is to survive the merger as long as the
above statutory requirements are met.

Anti-Takeover Legislation

     CTC Communications is subject to the provisions of the MGLA anti-takeover
law. In general, this statute prohibits a Massachusetts corporation with more
than 200 record stockholders from engaging in a "business combination" with
"interested stockholders" for three years after the date on which the person
becomes an interested stockholder, unless

 .    the interested stockholder obtains the approval of the board of directors
     prior to becoming an interested stockholder,
 .    the interested stockholder acquires ninety percent of the outstanding
     voting stock of the corporation, excluding shares held by certain
     affiliates of the corporation, at the time the stockholder becomes an
     interested stockholder, or
 .    the board of directors and holders of two-thirds of the outstanding voting
     stock of the corporation, excluding shares held by the interested
     stockholder, approve the business combination.

                                      -31-
<PAGE>

An "interested stockholder" is a person who, together with affiliates and
associates, owns or at any time within the prior three years did own five
percent or more of the corporation's voting stock. A "business combination"
includes a merger, consolidation, certain stock or asset sales, and other
transactions resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. The
company may elect not to be governed by this anti-takeover law by amending its
Restated Articles of Organization or By-Laws.  Any amendment would not be
effective for twelve months and would not apply to a business combination with
any person who became an interested stockholder prior to the adoption of the
amendment.

     The DGCL regulates tender offers by restricting permitted business
combinations with "interested stockholders." This provision is intended to limit
coercive takeovers of companies.  Under that section, "business combinations"
with "interested stockholders" of Delaware corporations are subject to a three
year moratorium unless the corporation meets specified conditions.

     A section of the MGLA, entitled "Regulation of Control Shares
Acquisitions," provides, in general, that any stockholder of a corporation
subject to this statute who acquires twenty percent or more of the corporation's
outstanding voting stock may not vote the stock unless the other stockholders
authorize him to do so.  The company has elected to "opt out" of this section of
the MGLA in its Massachusetts bylaws.

     Another section of the MGLA requires that publicly held Massachusetts
corporations that have not "opted out" of the section have a classified board of
directors consisting of three classes as nearly equal in size as possible. It
also provides that stockholders may only remove directors who are so classified
for cause. The Company's Amended and Restated By-Laws contain provisions which
meet the requirements of this section.

Anti-Takeover Measures

     The Massachusetts articles and bylaws include provisions available under
Massachusetts law to deter hostile takeover attempts and to help provide
adequate opportunity for the board to consider and respond to a takeover offer.
These provisions include a classified board, elimination of cumulative voting,
and an advance notice requirement for stockholder proposals.  The Delaware
certificate and bylaws following the reorganization will include similar
provisions.

     CTC Group will also have the rights currently available to CTC
Communications to issue shares of its authorized but unissued capital stock.
CTC Group could issue shares of authorized but unissued common stock and
preferred stock, which have terms, provisions and rights, that would make a
takeover of CTC Group more difficult. Any issuance of additional stock could
dilute the earnings per share and book value per share of existing shares of
common stock and preferred stock.  The corporation could also issue the
additional shares to dilute the stock ownership of persons seeking to obtain
control of CTC Group.

     In addition to specific anti-takeover measures, a number of differences
between Massachusetts and Delaware law could have a bearing on unapproved
takeover attempts. One difference is the existence of a DGCL provision
regulating tender offers by restricting permitted business combinations with
"interested stockholders." This provision is intended to limit coercive
takeovers of companies.  See "Anti-takeover Legislation" above.  Any corporation
may decide to opt out of the statute in its original certificate of
incorporation or, at anytime, by vote of its stockholders. The company does not
currently intend to opt out of the statute. The MGLA's comparable provision
prohibits a Massachusetts corporation from engaging in a business combination
with any person owning 5% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the
corporation for three years following the date on which the person becomes an
interested stockholder.

                                      -32-
<PAGE>

     Delaware law may permit a corporation greater flexibility in implementing
various anti-takeover measures, than do the laws of Massachusetts. In addition
to the measures described above, certain types of "poison pill" defenses, such
as stockholder rights plans, have been upheld by Delaware courts.  Massachusetts
courts have not yet dispositively addressed these defenses and thus their
effectiveness in Massachusetts is less certain.

     We recognize that hostile takeover attempts do not always have unfavorable
consequences and may provide stockholders with considerable value for their
shares.  The reorganization may have the effect of discouraging or defeating
future takeover attempts which CTC Group's stockholders might wish to accept and
which might provide a substantial premium over market prices.  We believe,
however, that the potential disadvantages of unapproved takeover attempts are
sufficiently great that, on balance, prudent steps to reduce the likelihood of
such takeover attempts are in the best interests of CTC Communications and its
stockholders.  Adopting these measures will ensure that we have adequate
opportunity to fully consider and respond to any takeover attempt and actively
negotiate its terms.  We believe that such measures will prevent disruption of
CTC Communications' business and the possibility of terms of a takeover that may
be less favorable to all of the stockholders than would be available in a board-
approved transaction.  We also believe that any additional defenses and
deterrence provided by the reorganization are minimal in light of CTC
Communications' existing takeover defenses.

Charter Amendments

     Under the DGCL, charter amendments require the approval of the board of
directors and both a general vote of a majority of all outstanding shares
entitled to vote, and a class vote of a majority of outstanding shares of each
class entitled to vote as a class. In addition, the DGCL requires a class vote
when, among other things, an amendment will adversely affect the powers,
preferences or special rights of a particular class of stock. Under the DGCL, a
provision in a corporation's certificate of incorporation requiring a
supermajority vote of the board of directors or stockholders may be amended only
by such supermajority vote.

     Under the MGLA, a majority vote of each class of stock outstanding and
entitled to vote is required to authorize an amendment of the articles of
organization effecting one or more of the following:

 .    an increase or reduction of the capital stock of any authorized class;
 .    a change in the par value of authorized shares with par value, or any
     class of such shares;
 .    a change of authorized shares, or any class of shares, from shares with
     par value to shares without par value, or from shares without par value to
     shares with par value;
 .    changes in the number of authorized shares, or any class of shares; or
 .    a corporate name change.

Subject to conditions set forth in the statute, a two-thirds vote of each class
of stock outstanding and entitled to vote must authorize any other amendment of
the articles of organization.  The articles of organization may provide for a
vote of a lesser proportion but not less than a majority of each class of stock
outstanding and entitled to vote.  A two-thirds vote of the affected class
voting separately, or a two-thirds vote of the affected series, voting together
with any other series of the same class adversely affected in the same manner
must approve any amendment requiring a two-thirds vote that would adversely
affect the rights of any class or series of stock.

Amendments to By-Laws

     Under the DGCL, the stockholders entitled to vote may adopt, amend or
repeal bylaws.  Any corporation may, in its certificate of incorporation, confer
the power to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws upon the directors.

     The Delaware bylaws grant the CTC Group board of directors the authority to
amend or repeal the Delaware bylaws by the affirmative vote of a majority of the
directors present at any meeting of the board at which a quorum is present.  If
the notice of  meeting sent to stockholders contains notice of amendment or
repeal of the bylaws, the stockholders may amend or repeal the Delaware bylaws
by the affirmative vote of the holders of a

                                      -33-
<PAGE>

majority of the outstanding shares of capital stock entitled to vote at the
meeting. The affirmative vote of the holders of at least 75% of the outstanding
shares of capital stock of CTC Group entitled to vote is required to amend or
repeal provisions, or adopt any inconsistent provision, of the Delaware bylaws
relating to:

 .    special meetings of stockholders,
 .    nomination of directors,
 .    notice of business at annual meetings,
 .    stockholder action without meetings
 .    organization of stockholder meetings,
 .    amendment of the Delaware bylaws and
 .    any provisions relating to the election, powers, meetings and removal of
     directors.

     Under the MGLA, the power to make, amend or repeal bylaws also lies in the
stockholders entitled to vote. The directors may also make, amend or repeal any
provision of the bylaws except those provisions which by applicable law, the
articles of organization, or the bylaws requires action by the stockholders.

     The Massachusetts articles provide that CTC Communications' board of
directors may amend or repeal the Massachusetts bylaws, except as provided by
law or the Massachusetts bylaws.   The Massachusetts bylaws provide that either
the stockholders or a majority of the directors then in office may amend or
repeal the Massachusetts bylaws.   The directors may not amend any bylaw
provision that changes the provisions of the Massachusetts bylaws relating to
meetings of stockholders, removal of directors, or the election of committees by
directors and the delegation of powers to such committees.

Appraisal Rights

     Under the DGCL, dissenting stockholders have appraisal rights when the
corporation merges or consolidates in specified situations. Appraisal rights are
not available under the DGCL when a corporation will survive the merger or
consolidation and no vote of its stockholders is required to approve the merger.
In addition, unless otherwise provided in a corporation's charter, stockholders
do not have appraisal rights if their stock is either listed on a national
securities exchange or designated as a national market system security on an
inter-dealer quotation system by the National Association of Securities Dealers,
Inc., or is held of record by more than 2,000 stockholders, unless the merger
                                                            ------
requires stockholders to accept in exchange for their shares anything other
than:

 .    shares of stock of the surviving corporation;
 .    shares of stock of another corporation which are or will be listed on a
     national securities exchange or designated as a national market system
     security on an inter-dealer quotation system by the National Association of
     Securities Dealers, Inc. or held of record by more than 2,000 stockholders;
 .    cash in lieu of fractional shares of such stock; or
 .    any combination thereof.

Stockholders do not have appraisal rights under the DGCL in the event of the
sale, lease or exchange of all of a corporation's assets or the adoption of an
amendment to its certificate of incorporation, unless these rights are granted
in the certificate of incorporation.  The Delaware certificate does not grant
these rights.

     Under the MGLA, unless a vote of the stockholders was not required to
approve the action, a properly dissenting stockholder is entitled to receive the
appraised value of his shares when the corporation votes:

 .    to sell, lease or exchange all of its property and assets,
 .    to adopt an amendment to its articles of organization that adversely
     affects the rights of the stockholder, or
 .    to merge or consolidate with another corporation.

                                      -34-
<PAGE>

See "Appraisal Rights of Dissenting CTC Communications Corp. Stockholders" for a
more detailed description of those rights.

Disadvantages of Reincorporation in Delaware


     Although we believe reincorporation in Delaware will be beneficial to the
company, you may find the reorganization disadvantageous for several reasons.
As discussed above, Delaware law contains a statutory provision intended to
discourage takeover attempts of Delaware corporations that are not approved by
the board of directors. This anti-takeover provision could lessen the
possibility that you would receive a premium above market value for your shares
in the event of a takeover. This provision could also have an adverse effect on
the market value of the shares of CTC Group stock. This provision may also
restrict or discourage takeover attempts and therefore may make removal of the
board of directors or management less likely.

     As discussed above, the Delaware certificate and bylaws will contain
provisions that limit director and officer liability.  These provisions could
operate to the potential disadvantage of the stockholders of CTC Group. For
example, these provisions may reduce the likelihood that CTC Group will recover
monetary damages from directors as a result of derivative litigation against
them for breach of their duty of care. The limitation on liability provision,
which is part of the certificate of incorporation of CTC Group, may also require
the stockholders of CTC Group to forego potential causes of action for breach of
duty of care involving grossly negligent business decisions, including those
relating to attempts to change control of CTC Group.

     The proposed certificate of incorporation authorizes CTC Group to issue up
to 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more series, without any
further vote or action by the stockholders. In addition, it authorizes the board
to determine the designations, powers, preferences and relative, participating,
optional or other rights of the preferred stock, including without limitation,
the dividend rate the cumulative or non-cumulative nature of dividends,
conversion rights, voting rights, rights and terms of redemption, redemption
price and liquidation preference.  We have no current plans to issue any
additional shares of preferred stock.  However, the rights of the holders of
shares of common stock would be subject to, and may be adversely affected by,
the rights of the holders of any preferred stock that we issue in the future.
Issuance of preferred stock could have the effect of delaying, deterring or
preventing a change in control of CTC Communications.  In connection with an
issuance, the board could impose procedural requirements that could make it more
difficult for holders of common stock to effect corporate actions such as
replacing incumbent directors or accomplishing transactions opposed by the
incumbent board of directors.

     We may in the future seek your approval of any amendments to, or make
changes in, CTC Communications' charter documents that have "anti-takeover"
implications.

                                      -35-
<PAGE>


                           Selected Financial Data

     The following selected financial data for the five years ended March 31,
1999 are derived from our financial statements which have been audited by Ernst
& Young LLP, independent auditors. You should read the following financial
data together with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
and Results of Operations" and our financial statements and the related notes.

     All earnings per share and weighted average share information included in
the accompanying financial statements have been restated to reflect the five-
for-four stock split effected in fiscal year ended March 31, 1995, and the
three-for-two stock split and the two-for-one stock split effected in fiscal
year ended March 31, 1996.

     Gross profit is not meaningful, n/m, for the fiscal year ended March 31,
1998 and prior periods because our revenues for these periods consisted
primarily of agency commissions, while costs associated with agency revenues
were included primarily in selling, general and administrative expenses. EBITDA
consists of income (loss) before interest, income taxes, depreciation and
amortization.  We have provided EBITDA because it is a measure of financial
performance commonly used in the telecommunications industry.  Other companies
may calculate it differently from us.  EBITDA is not a measurement of financial
performance under generally accepted accounting principles.  We do not believe
you should consider EBITDA as an alternative to net income (loss) as a measure
of results of operations or to cash flow as a measure of liquidity.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              Fiscal Year ended March 31,
                                                                 --------------------------------------------------------
                                                                  1995        1996        1997        1998         1999
                                                                 -------     -------     -------     -------     --------
                                                                   (dollars in thousands, except per share information)
<S>                                                              <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
Statement of Operations Data
Agency revenues............................................      $18,898     $25,492     $29,195     $24,775     $    ___
Telecommunications revenues................................        3,038       5,383      11,095      16,172       70,964
                                                                 -------     -------     -------     -------     --------
    Total revenues.........................................       21,936      30,875      40,290      40,947       70,964
Cost of telecommunications revenue.........................        2,451       4,242       8,709      14,038       61,866
                                                                 -------     -------     -------     -------     --------
Selling, general and administrative expenses...............       17,319      20,009      23,820      31,492       57,663
Income (loss) from operations..............................        2,166       6,624       7,761      (4,583)     (48,566)
Net income (loss)..........................................        1,472       4,094       4,683      (2,884)     (51,996)
Earnings (loss) per share
  Basic....................................................         0.18        0.43        0.49        (.29)       (5.24)
  Diluted..................................................         0.17        0.38        0.43        (.29)       (5.24)
Other Financial Data

Gross profit...............................................          n/m         n/m         n/m         n/m     $  9,098
EBITDA (loss)..............................................        2,932      $7,295      $8,519     $(2,992)     (42,760)
Net cash provided (used) by operating activities...........        1,580       2,192       3,572      (7,951)     (33,254)
Net cash used in investing activities......................          599         759       1,222       4,765        6,282
Net cash provided by financing activities..................          171         119         114       8,479       39,622
</TABLE>

                                      -36-
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                    As of March 31,
                                                                 --------------------------------------------------------
                                                                  1995        1996        1997        1998         1999
                                                                 -------     -------     -------     -------     --------
                                                                                 (dollars in thousands)
<S>                                                              <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>        <C>
Balance Sheet Data
Cash and cash equivalents..................................       $ 2,391     $ 3,942     $ 6,406     $ 2,168    $  2,254
Total assets...............................................         7,726      12,509      20,186      30,967      27,545
Total long-term debt, including current portion............            --          --          --       9,673      66,857
Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock............            --          --          --          --      12,949
Stockholders' equity (deficit).............................         5,526       9,495      14,292      11,580     (39,500)
</TABLE>


                                      -37-
<PAGE>


                     Management's Discussion and Analysis of
                  Financial Condition and Results of Operations

       The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with
the "Selected Financial Data" and the financial statements and notes included
elsewhere in this document.


Overview


            Historically, we have generated agency revenues and
telecommunications revenues. Agency revenues consist of commissions we earned as
an agent of Bell Atlantic and other Regional Bell Operating Companies, and long
distance providers. Telecommunications revenues are generated by our sale of
local, long distance, frame relay, internet access and other communications
services. For the fiscal year ended March 31, 1998, agency commissions accounted
for approximately 60% of our revenues, with telecommunications revenues
accounting for the other 40%. As a result of our transition to an integrated
communications provider strategy in December 1997, agency commissions earned
after that date are not material.

            Our financial information for periods ending on or before December
31, 1997 primarily reflects our operations as an agent for Bell Atlantic.
Because of our transition to an integrated communications provider strategy and
our network buildout, most of the financial information for these periods does
not reflect our current business and is not comparable to results for subsequent
periods.

            A common basis for measurement of an integrated communications
provider's progress is the growth in access lines and equivalent circuits, or
ALEs. ALEs represent the sum of the number of voice circuits in service plus the
data transmission capacity purchased by our customers divided by 64kbps, the
capacity necessary to carry one voice channel.


Results of Operations


Results of Operations-- Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 1999 Compared to Fiscal Year
Ended March 31, 1998.

            Total revenues for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1999 were
$70,964,000, an increase of 73% from $40,947,000 for the preceding year. The
results for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1999 reflect our operations as an
integrated communications provider. The results for the fiscal year ended March
31, 1998 primarily reflect our operations as an agent for Bell Atlantic.
Substantially all revenues since January 1, 1998 resulted from operations as an
integrated communications provider and some comparisons between the two periods
are not relevant.

            During the quarter ended March 31, 1999, we provisioned 38,935 net
ALEs, which brought our total ALEs in service to 142,207 for our first 15 months
as an integrated communications provider. We experienced our strongest growth in
data ALEs. Data ALEs increased by approximately 45% from the quarter ended
December 31, 1998 to 28,502, or 20% of total ALEs in service as of March 31,
1999.



            Costs of telecommunications revenues increased to $61,866,000 for
the fiscal year ended March 31, 1999 from $14,038,000 for the preceding fiscal
year as a result of our decision to provide all of our services directly instead
of on an agency basis. However, as a percentage of telecommunications revenue,
costs of telecommunications revenues remained flat at 87% for the fiscal years
ended March 31, 1998 and 1999.

            For the fiscal year ended March 31, 1999, selling, general and
administrative expenses were $57,663,000, as compared to $31,492,000 for the
preceding fiscal year, or an increase of 83%. This increase was due to the
opening of additional branch sales offices during the fiscal year ended March
31, 1999 and the associated increased number of sales and service employees
hired in connection with the transition to our integrated communications
provider strategy. As of March 31, 1999, we employed 391 people including 169
account executives and 96 network consultants in 25 sales branches throughout
New England , New York and Maryland.

                                      -38-
<PAGE>



Selling, general and administrative expenses also increased for the fiscal year
ended March 31, 1999 due to operating expenses associated with the network
buildout, as well as $5,728,000 of depreciation and amortization expense
associated with the investments we made in equipment and software for our
network. Legal expenses in prosecuting an action against Bell Atlantic in
federal court and various state regulatory proceedings, together with the
expenses incurred in obtaining certification as a reseller in additional states,
were approximately $7,800,000 for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1999. See
"Business-Legal Proceedings."

            Interest and other expense increased to $4,957,000 for the fiscal
year ended March 31, 1999, as compared to interest and other income of $213,000
for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1998. The increase is due to increased
borrowings to fund our operating losses and to fund the deployment of our
network, the fees associated with our credit and vendor facilities, and the
amortization of the interest expense associated with warrants issued in
connection with the financing of our operation.


            The benefit for income taxes, which is limited to refunds available
on a loss carryback basis, has been recognized ratably as a percentage of our
estimated pre-tax loss over each of the four quarters of the fiscal year. The
effective rate of the benefit may vary with changes in management's estimates.

Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 1998 Compared to Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 1997


            The results for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1998 reflect our
decision to leave the Bell Atlantic agency program in December 1997 and our
commencement of operations as an integrated communications provider. This
decision adversely affected revenues and expenses to a certain extent in the
third quarter as we prepared for this transition and significantly affected
revenues in the fourth quarter after the transition had been effected. Total
revenues of $40,947,000 for fiscal 1998 were essentially flat as compared to
$40,290,000 for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1997. Agency revenues decreased
15% to $24,775,000 for fiscal 1998 from $29,195,000 in fiscal 1997, primarily as
a result of fourth quarter revenues of only $194,000, as compared to $8,354,000
for the same period of fiscal 1997. This decrease reflects the fact that we left
the Bell Atlantic agency program in December 1997, and thus no Bell Atlantic
agency revenues were reported in the fourth quarter of fiscal 1998.
Telecommunications revenues increased 46% to $16,172,000 for fiscal 1998 from
$11,095,000 for fiscal 1997. This increase reflects the increased sales of long
distance, internet access, and frame relay data services as well as the
commencement of our sale of local telecommunications services as an integrated
communications provider in the fourth quarter of fiscal 1998. Although local
telecommunications sales increased during the fourth quarter, they were
significantly less than we expected as a result of the imposition of the
temporary restraining order in connection with the Bell Atlantic litigation in
February 1998, which required us to sell these local services only to new
customers, resulting in a longer sales cycle. This temporary restraining order
was dissolved in August 1998.


            Costs of telecommunications revenues increased 61% to $14,039,000
for fiscal 1998 from $8,709,000 for fiscal 1997. As a percentage of
telecommunications revenues, cost of telecommunications revenues was 87% for
fiscal 1998 as compared to 78% for fiscal 1997. This overall increase was due
primarily to increased sales of telecommunications services and increased costs
for those services sold. Due largely to the initiation of local
telecommunications sales in the fourth fiscal quarter, cost of
telecommunications revenues for this period increased 127% to $5,944,000 from
$2,615,000 for the same period in fiscal 1997. These increases as a percentage
of revenues were attributable to fixed costs associated with the sale of local
telecommunications services, lower long distance rates extended to customers in
advance of rate decreases from our long distance supplier, increased costs
associated with adding new customers and services, and costs associated with
phasing out our debit card program.


            Selling, general and administrative expenses increased 32% to
$31,492,000 in fiscal 1998 from $23,820,000 in fiscal 1997. This increase was a
result of the increased number of sales and service employees hired in
connection with our transition to an integrated communications provider,
increased payments of commission and bonuses, increased corporate and
administrative expenses, increased depreciation associated with greater capital
expenditures, expenses related to new branch openings and a $1,200,000 charge
for estimated costs to be incurred in connection with our litigation with Bell
Atlantic.


                                      -39-
<PAGE>

Liquidity and Capital Resources


            Prior to March 1998, we had funded our working capital and operating
expenditures primarily from cash flow from operations. Commencing in April 1998,
we have funded our transition to an integrated communications provider,
expansion of our sales branches and sales force, operating losses and the
deployment of our network by raising additional capital and through bank and
lease financing.

            In April 1998, we completed a $12 million private placement of
Series A preferred stock and warrants to Spectrum Equity Investors II, L.P. We
also received a commitment on June 30, 1998 from Spectrum to purchase, at our
option, an additional $5 million of preferred stock on the same terms and
conditions as the Series A preferred stock, which option extends until June 30,
1999.


            On September 1, 1998, we entered into a senior secured credit
facility with Goldman Sachs Credit Partners and Fleet National Bank. Under the
terms of this senior secured credit facility, the lenders have provided a
three-year credit facility to us consisting of revolving loans in the aggregate
amount of up to $75 million. Under our senior secured credit facility we may
borrow $15 million unconditionally and an additional $60 million based on
trailing 120 days accounts receivable collections, reducing to the trailing 90
days accounts receivable collections by March 31, 2000. As of March 31, 1999, we
had availability of $45,200,000 million and of which we had borrowed
approximately $36,145,000 million under this senior secured credit facility.

            On October 14, 1998, we entered into an agreement with Cisco Systems
Capital Corporation, or Cisco Capital, for up to $25 million of vendor
financing. Under the terms of the agreement, we have agreed to a three-year, $25
million volume purchase commitment of Cisco equipment and services and Cisco
Capital has agreed to advance funds as these purchases occur. Up to $10 million
of the vendor facility can be utilized for costs associated with the integration
of Cisco equipment and related peripherals. Under the terms of the vendor
facility, we are required to pay interest on funds advanced under the facility
at an annual rate of 12.5%. As of March 31, 1999, we had borrowed $15,426,000
million under the vendor facility.

            Since September 30, 1998, we have entered into various lease and
vendor financing agreements which provide for the acquisition of up to $16.2
million of equipment and software. As of March 31, 1999, the aggregate amount
borrowed under these agreements was approximately $14.0 million.


            In order to provide liquidity, we entered into a loan agreement
dated as of March 15, 1999 with Toronto Dominion (Texas), Inc. to provide an
unsecured standby credit facility for up to $30 million for capital expenditures
and other general corporate purposes. Availability under this facility will be
reduced by any proceeds of our common stock offering described below. If we
raise at least $30 million in that offering, this facility will terminate upon
the closing of the offering. Under this facility, $10 million is immediately
available and the remaining $20 million will become available if we raise an
additional $5 million of proceeds from the issuance of equity. We currently
intend, and are able, to call the Spectrum commitment described above if before
June 30, 1999 we have not received a replacement equity commitment or a waiver
of the $5 million equity requirements from TD.

            We have filed a registration statement for a public offering of up
to 2,875,000 shares of our common stock. There can be no assurance, however,
that this offering will be consummated.


            As we continue to deploy our network, further penetrate our existing
region and expand into new markets throughout the Boston--Washington, D.C.
corridor, we will need significant additional capital. We believe that the
proceeds of the $5 million Spectrum option described above, the availability
under our standby facility with Toronto Dominion, together with cash on hand,
the proceeds of our lease and vendor financing arrangements and the amounts we
expect to be available under our credit and vendor facilities will be sufficient
to fund our capital requirements for at least the next 12 months. During this
period we will seek to raise additional capital through the issuance of debt and
possibly equity securities, the timing of which will depend on market
conditions, and
                                      -40-
<PAGE>

which could occur in the near future. We may also seek to raise additional
capital through vendor financing, equipment lease financing and bank loans.

            We cannot assure you that additional financing will be available on
terms acceptable to us when we need it. The agreements governing our existing
indebtedness limit our ability to obtain debt financing. If we are unable to
obtain financing when we need it, we may delay or abandon our development and
expansion plans. That could have a material adverse effect on our business,
results of operations and financial condition. The actual timing and amount of
our capital requirements may be materially affected by various factors,
including the timing and actual cost of the network, the timing and cost of our
expansion into new markets, the extent of competition and pricing of
telecommunications services by others in our markets, the demand by customers
for our services, technological change and potential acquisitions.


            On February 24, 1999, we settled a lawsuit against Bell Atlantic
Corp. Under the terms of the settlement agreement we received cash and will
receive other consideration to satisfy claims of commissions we earned while we
were an agent for Bell Atlantic. Both parties have agreed to keep the specific
terms of the settlement confidential. Although we believe that the terms of the
settlement will permit us to actively expand our customer base and increase our
revenues and improve our margins from the sale of communications products and
services, there is no assurance that we will do so. We do not expect to incur
any additional material costs related to this matter subsequent to March 31,
1999.

            Working capital deficit at March 31, 1999 was $6,486,000 compared to
a working capital surplus of $11,342,000 at March 31, 1998, a decrease of
$17,828,000. This decrease is due primarily to the increase in accounts payable
and accrued expenses associated with our transition to an integrated
communications provider. We will fund this deficit through borrowings under our
credit facilities, which are long term liabilities. Cash balances at March 31,
1999 and March 31, 1998 totaled approximately $2,254,000 and $2,167,000,
respectively.


                                      -41-
<PAGE>

Year 2000 Compliance

Our State of Readiness


            We have evaluated the effect of the Year 2000 problem on our
information systems. We are implementing plans to permit our systems and
applications to effectively process information in order to support ongoing
operations in the Year 2000 and beyond. We believe our information systems and
non- information systems will be Year 2000 compliant by the end of 1999.

            In connection with the deployment of our new network, we have
designed a new database architecture for our computer systems which we expect
will be Year 2000 compliant. We expect installation of the network and related
network control software to be completed in the summer of 1999 . We expect
installation of our new information systems related to our network to be
completed in the third or fourth quarter of 1999. We began testing our network,
and these new systems when we first began installation, and we expect testing to
continue. We are also upgrading our current information systems to be Year 2000
compliant in case we have not completed installing our new systems by the end of
1999. Approximately 40% of our existing information systems are now Year 2000
compliant. We expect to complete this upgrade in the third quarter of 1999. We
also expect our non-information systems to be Year 2000 compliant in the third
quarter of 1999. While we expect that all significant information systems will
be Year 2000 compliant in the third or fourth quarter of 1999, we cannot assure
you that all Year 2000 problems in the new system will be identified or that the
necessary corrective actions will be completed in a timely manner.

            We have requested certification from our significant vendors and
suppliers demonstrating their Year 2000 compliance. Approximately 80% of vendors
and suppliers have delivered these certifications. We will continue to seek
additional certifications. However, we cannot assure you that we will receive
any additional certifications. Generally these certifications state that our
vendors and suppliers are Year 2000 compliant but do not require any affirmative
action if these certifications are inadequate. We intend to continue to identify
critical vendors and suppliers and communicate with them about their plans and
progress in addressing Year 2000 problems. We cannot assure you that the systems
of these vendors and suppliers will be timely converted. We also cannot assure
you that any failure of their systems to be Year 2000 compliant will not
adversely affect our operations.


Our Costs of Year 2000 Remediation


            We have incurred approximately $120,000 in costs to date related
specifically to Year 2000 issues and expect to incur an additional approximately
$380,000 through the end of 1999. However, we cannot assure you that the costs
associated with Year 2000 problems will not be greater than we anticipate.


Our Year 2000 Risk


            Based on the efforts described above, we currently believe that our
systems will be Year 2000 compliant in a timely manner. We have completed the
process of identifying Year 2000 issues in our information systems and non-
information systems and expect to complete any remediation efforts in the third
quarter of 1999. We cannot assure you that our operations and financial results
will not be affected by Year 2000 problems. We may experience interruptions in
service and not receive billing information in a timely manner if either our
systems or those of our vendors or suppliers are not Year 2000 compliant in a
timely manner. However, we cannot assure you that the affect on our business of
the failure of our systems, or those of our vendors and suppliers, to be Year
2000 compliant in a timely manner will not be greater.

Our Contingency Plans


            We have begun upgrading our current information systems as part of
our contingency plans in case our new systems are not installed before the end
of 1999. In addition, we intend to seek to identify alternate



                                      -42-
<PAGE>


service providers in case our current providers are unable to adequately deliver
services in the Year 2000. If it becomes necessary for us to implement a
contingency plan, such plan may not avoid a material Year 2000 issue.



                                      -43-
<PAGE>


                            Business of the Company


Overview


            We are a rapidly growing integrated communications provider with 15
years of telecommunications marketing, sales and service experience. We offer
voice and data services to predominantly medium-sized business customers who
seek greater telecommunications transmission capacity, integrated
telecommunications solutions and improved levels of service. We have a large,
experienced sales force consisting of 163 sales people supported by 95 network
consultants. These personnel are located close to our customers in 25 sales
branches primarily in New England and New York State. We are currently moving to
a facilities-based platform by deploying a state-of-the-art, all packet-switched
network based on an advanced transmission protocol used on the internet and
asynchronous transfer mode, or ATM, architecture, which is a protocol for
transmitting data, voice, and video signals over virtual circuits. In May 1999,
we began testing of our network with some of our customers. By late summer, we
expect to begin providing and billing for commercial service to a limited number
of customers on our network.

            We became an integrated communications provider in January 1998.
Prior to that, we were the largest independent sales agent, based on sales, for
NYNEX Corp. (now Bell Atlantic). At the end of 1997, before leaving the Bell
Atlantic agency program, we were managing relationships for approximately 7,000
customers, representing over 280,000 local access lines and over $200 million in
annual local telecommunications spending. As of March 31, 1999, after only 15
months as an integrated communications provider, we were serving over 9,000
customers and had over 142,000 access lines and equivalent circuits in service.
These include approximately 6,700 equivalent circuits purchased by internet
service providers and other carriers. For the quarter ended March 31, 1999, we
generated approximately $24.6 million of revenues representing over $98 million
on an annualized basis.


Our Market Opportunity


            The market potential for integrated communications providers is
large and growing. According to FCC data, in 1997, the total market for U.S.
retail telecommunications services was approximately $187 billion. Data
services, including internet, frame relay and ATM services, represent one of the
fastest growing segments of the telecommunications market. Industry reports by
International Data Corporation estimate that from 1997 to 2002, internet
services revenues will increase from $7.5 billion to $29.7 billion and frame
relay and ATM services revenue will increase from $2.9 billion to $7.6 billion.
We are deploying our data-centric network to capitalize on this market
opportunity.



            Our target market, the Northeastern and Mid-Atlantic region,
represents an attractive opportunity for us because it has a high concentration
of telecommunications traffic. According to FCC data, New York and New England
had an estimated 7.3 million local business access lines as of December 31,
1997, which generated retail telecommunications revenues of approximately $24.4
billion in 1997. As we expand our business in the remaining portions of the New
York-Washington, D.C. corridor, our addressable market will increase by an
estimated 8.4 million business access lines, which generated approximately $26.3
billion in retail telecommunications revenues in 1997. We are currently
targeting the medium-sized business segment of our markets. We estimate this
segment represents over 50% of the total business access lines in our target
markets.



Our Competitive Strengths


            Our goal is to be the leading integrated communications provider for
medium-sized business customers in our target markets. We believe that the
following competitive strengths position us well to achieve this goal:



                                      -44-
<PAGE>



Over 15 years of telecommunications marketing, sales and service experience. We
have sold local telecommunications services as agent since 1984 and have sold
long distance and data services under our own brand name since 1994. During this
period, we successfully introduced integrated services digital network, or ISDN,
frame relay, ATM and other new services in response to technological change.
Collectively, our nine-person senior management team has over 200 years of
telecommunications experience. Six members of this team have worked together at
CTC for more than 10 years.


Over 250 experienced sales people and network consultants providing personalized
sales and customer care. Our sales and service teams consist of a sales
executive and a network consultant assigned to each customer. This provides a
single, responsive point of contact for all of our customer's service and
billing inquiries. Our sales and service teams seek to develop a long-term
relationship with customers. We believe that our focus on customer care and our
integration of sales and service create higher levels of customer satisfaction.
We expect this will lead to better referral and retention rates.


A capital-efficient and scalable, all packet-switched network, capable of
providing advanced data services. We believe that our state-of-the-art
packet-switched network strategy is superior to a circuit-switched strategy for
several reasons:


 .          our network requires approximately 50-60% less capital and
           significantly less time to deploy than a circuit-switched network;

 .          our network is based on open architecture standards and will allow
           us to adapt to future technological developments and network
           innovations;

 .          we believe our network will enable us to provide a more advanced and
           differentiated service offering than other local exchange carriers
           can provide over their legacy voice switches; and

 .          we believe our network will be significantly more cost efficient for
           ongoing operations and maintenance.


Significant experience designing and selling sophisticated data services. We
have substantial expertise designing, selling and implementing sophisticated
data services including frame relay, point-to-point dedicated high capacity data
links, ISDN, ATM and dedicated internet services. Over the last four years, we
have sold digital data services to more than 6,600 customer sites, designed and
implemented more than 600 wide area data networks and assisted customers in
transitioning from point-to-point networks to more advanced frame relay and ATM
networks.

A broad range of voice and data services incorporated on a single bill. As an
integrated communications provider, we provide our customers with the
convenience of a single source and a single bill for all of their
telecommunications services. We believe that our ability to deliver a single
source solution to our target market is a key element in building our customer
base. We also believe this will allow us to increase our share of customers'
telecommunications billings and will promote customer retention.

A comprehensive, fully integrated billing and operational support systems, or
OSS. Over the past decade we have used our extensive experience with the
provisioning systems used by incumbent local exchange carriers to develop our
comprehensive information systems. Our systems fully integrate and automate all
aspects of our business, including marketing, provisioning, trouble management,
billing and customer service. This integration facilitates accurate and timely
customer care and billing. The system also allows us to provide our customers
with a single, integrated bill for multiple services. Our customers can download
information about their accounts directly to their own systems through online,
near real-time access via the internet. Our information systems electronically
interface with most of our major suppliers. In late 1998, we became one of the
first competitive local exchange carriers to complete a full electronic data
interchange interface with Bell Atlantic. This allows our systems to connect
directly with those of Bell Atlantic. We believe that our information systems
are a primary reason for our success in provisioning a high volume of access
lines during our first five quarters as an integrated communications provider.


                                      -45-
<PAGE>

The ability to expand using our proven operating model for branch offices, sales
process, customer service and personnel training. Over the last five years, we
have developed a successful and replicable approach to branch expansion. We
believe that our standardized approach to opening new branches, our uniform
approach to sales and service and our extensive training of new hires will
enable us to expand without compromising our solutions-oriented,
customer-centric culture. New branch offices are fully integrated with our
information systems from the outset. This allows our corporate headquarters to
maintain control of quality and productivity across our branch offices while
enabling each branch office to operate as an autonomous local sales and service
organization.

Our Services

            We offer the following services:


Local Telephone Services. We offer connections between customers'
telecommunications equipment and the local telephone network, which we currently
lease from incumbent local exchange carriers. For large customers or customers
with specific requirements, we integrate customer-owned private branch exchange,
or PBX, systems with analog or digital trunks. We also provide all associated
call processing features as well as dedicated private lines for both voice and
data applications.


Long Distance Telephone Services. We offer a full range of domestic (interLATA
and intraLATA) and international long distance services, including "1+" outbound
calling, inbound toll free service, standard and customized calling plans. We
also offer related services such as calling cards, operator assistance and
conference calling.


High Speed Data Services. We offer a wide array of dedicated and switched high
speed digital data services. Dedicated services include digital data services,
such as DS-1 and DS-3, and Fiber Distributed Data Interface products. Switched
or virtual digital services include integrated services digital network, or
ISDN, frame relay and ATM products.

Internet Services. We offer dedicated high speed internet access and services
via digital data services, frame relay, and high speed digital transmission
links such as T-1 and T-3. In addition, we offer switched digital access to the
internet via ISDN. We provide the necessary communications hardware,
configuration support and other support services on a 24-hour, 7-day a week
basis.


Wholesale Services to Internet Service Providers. We provide a full array of
local services to internet service providers, or ISPs, including telephone
numbers and switched and dedicated access to the internet.

Future Service Offerings. Following deployment of the network, we may offer the
following additional services: systems integration, consulting and network
monitoring services, customized virtual private networks and other data and
voice network products.

Our Integrated Communications Network


            We began deploying the first phase of our state-of-the-art,
packet-switched network in January 1999. We believe our network will enable us
to improve margins, enhance network and service quality and broaden our range of
product offerings. The network is an advanced network, using Cisco BPX(R) and
MGXTM switches. Our network will deliver enhanced access services such as
traditional dedicated services, frame relay, internet protocol, video and
circuit emulation transport services. We believe that our network will
ultimately enable us to deliver voice and data services across a single
multi-service dedicated connection. We also expect our network to lower
customers' overall telecommunications costs and stimulate demand for new high
capacity services.

            The first phase of our network includes 22 Cisco advanced data
switches and two fully redundant network operation centers. We are
interconnecting these facilities with leased transmission capacity over fiber
optic cables from Level 3 and NorthEast Optic Network. The initial transmission
infrastructure will consist of three fiber optic



                                      -46-
<PAGE>



rings with automatic rerouting in either direction covering the southern,
western and eastern New England regions. This technology permits full circuit
redundancy and route diversity. It will also allow us to take advantage of
available technology such as dense wave digital multiplexing, or DWDM, to meet
increasing customer demands for reliable, large capacity voice, data and video
connectivity. We have also arranged to co-locate our switching hubs in Level 3
and NorthEast Optic Network buildings along selected fiber routes. We expect to
work with Cisco to test various new Cisco technologies in our Waltham facility.
This will better position us as an early adopter of developing Cisco technology.

            We intend to access our customer locations from our network through
our PowerPathSM services. These will include a variety of high capacity, or
broadband, technologies, including DSL service, leased high capacity wireline
circuits, or T-1s, wireless technologies and fiber optic facilities, as
available. Initially, we will offer dedicated long distance and data services
over our network. We believe that these services represent approximately 70% of
our target customers' fixed line telecommunications spending. The remaining 30%
represents local dial tone services which we currently obtain from other
carriers. We plan to incorporate local dial tone service into our
packet-switching architecture when that technology matures.


            Our network strategy to incorporate local dial tone functionality at
a later stage will allow us to simplify the transitioning of existing customers
on-net because a disconnection from the incumbent local exchange carrier and
reconnection to our network will not be required. To transition our customers
on-net, we will simply be required to reprogram our customer's PBX and/or wide
area network routers to direct long distance and data traffic to our network.
This strategy will also allow our customers to retain their existing phone
numbers as well as have the built-in redundancy of the separate physical
connection to the incumbent local exchange carrier. At a later stage, using
telephone number portability which we expect to be available throughout our
territory, we will be able to more easily transition our customers' local dial
tone service onto our network.

            The network will include the following data services: point-to-point
private line, frame relay, ATM, internet access, virtual private network
services for on-net data traffic and network- to-network interface points to
other data carrier networks and internet service providers. The network will
initially include the following voice services: dedicated long distance and
corporate intranet services. We expect that the network will handle the full
range of voice services when we integrate local dial tone capabilities into our
network.

Sales and Customer Care

            We market telecommunications services by developing long-term
business relationships with our customers and offering them comprehensive
management of their telecommunications requirements. Each of our customers is
assigned a local dedicated team consisting of a sales executive and a network
consultant. This team provides a single point of contact for our customer's
needs. This team works together with the customer to design, implement and
maintain an integrated telecommunications solution. This team also reviews and
updates the customer's services on a regular basis. We believe that providing
localized, high quality customer care promotes continued sales of new services
and reduces customer churn.



Sales and Service Infrastructure. Our branches are currently staffed with over
300 individuals, representing approximately 80% of our employees. As of June 2,
1999, there were 163 sales executives, 99 network consultants, 26
branch/regional managers and 16 service managers located in 25 sales branches
serving markets in Connecticut, Maine, Maryland, Massachusetts, New Hampshire,
New York, Rhode Island and Vermont.


Customer Sales and Service Model. At their first meeting with a prospective
customer, our sales executives analyze the customer's current telecommunications
usage and costs. Sales executives then outline the range of services and
potential savings we offer and make recommendations to optimize the customer's
current network. Sales executives also discuss the benefits of our comprehensive
customer care program and develop account telemanagement plans designed to
balance network expense and utility. Sales executives and network consultants
continue to review the customer's telecommunications usage and requirements and
update the customer's suite of services and network design. We believe

                                      -47-
<PAGE>

the relationship-intensive approach of assigning sales executives and network
consultants to each customer account results in high customer satisfaction and
retention rates.

            Our sales executives regularly participate in training programs on
subjects such as solution-oriented sales, comprehensive customer care, network
design and other technical features of our services. We seek to motivate and
retain our sales executives through extensive training and a commission
structure that supports our relationship oriented sales and service policies.

Customer Care. Our network consultants are trained in our service offerings and
are responsible for customer care. Network consultants are located in each of
our sales branches and are assigned directly to individual customer accounts in
direct support of the sales executives. Our localized, multi-step customer care
process provides an ongoing and comprehensive service program to our customers.
This process ranges from long-term consultative planning to day-to-day handling
of service issues.

            Our customer care program is designed to provide prompt action in
response to customer inquiries and complaints. The local sales branches are
staffed 11 hours a day, 5 days a week. At other times, incoming calls
automatically roll over to a central customer care center which is staffed 24
hours a day, 7 days a week. We believe that our network consultants are
motivated to provide the highest level of customer care because a significant
portion of their compensation is based on customer retention and satisfaction.

Our Information Systems

            Our information systems include five central applications which
fully integrate our sales and account management, customer care, provisioning,
billing and financial processes. Automation of each of these processes is
designed for high transaction volumes, accurate throughput, timely installation,
accurate billing feeds and quality customer service. Data entered in one
application is generally exported into all other applications. Each branch
office is served by a LAN connected via frame relay to the central processor.
Our employees have online access to our information systems from their branch
desktops or docking stations.

            We also have an electronic interface to most of our major suppliers.
When a sales executive places an order for one of these suppliers, our
information systems electronically direct it to the appropriate supplier and
monitors any delays in provisioning the order. Once the order is provisioned,
our information systems automatically remove it from the in-process order file,
update the customer's service inventory and network configuration, initiate
billing, post the sales executive's commission and update our financial reports.

            Our information systems include the following applications:

Account and Sales Management. Our account management application is the hub of
our information systems. It stores all of our customer-related information, such
as location detail, contact information, transaction history and account
profile. Our account management application also automatically exports data to
our customized sales application. Our sales application is a fully-integrated
database that provides sales personnel with access to information for pricing
services, customized sales proposals, customer correspondence, sales
performance, referencing methods and procedures, service descriptions,
competitive information and historical profiles of our current and prospective
customers. These historical profiles include details of installed services,
recent transactions and billing history. Our sales system can be used both on-
and off-line. All entries made while off-line are automatically updated to the
central processor and all relevant data is simultaneously exported to the other
central applications each time a salesperson connects to the network.

Customer Care. Our network consultants use our account care application to
review installed services, make additions, changes and deletions to accounts,
initiate and track repair and service work and review past billing for any
customer. This closed loop application provides automatic follow up and records
all transactions in a customer history file. Service orders and repair requests
input in our account care application are automatically exported into our
provisioning application.

                                      -48-
<PAGE>

Provisioning. We generally direct customer orders through our provisioning
application electronically to our major suppliers. We track these orders through
our account care application from initiation through completion. If any delay in
provisioning occurs, the proactive nature of this application alerts the sales
executive or network consultants who can take corrective action and notify the
customer of the delay. Once the order has been filled the information is
automatically fed to our billing application.



Billing and Customer Interface. Our billing application allows us to provide our
customers a single bill for all the services we provide. Our billing application
also allows the customer to review historic bill detail, perform customized
usage analyses and download information directly to their own accounting
applications. Using a secure Web-based application called IntelliVIEW, our
customers have near real-time online access to our billing application. Using
IntelliVIEW, our customers are able to review and analyze their bills and
related information. Customer billing statements are also available on CD ROM,
diskette or paper. Paper statements generated by our billing application offer
our customers different telemanagement formats.


Financial. Data from our billing application is automatically exported to our
financial application. Our financial application tracks and prepares reports on
sales activity, commissions, branch operations, branch profitability and cash
flows. The financial application also compiles this data for our periodic
financial reports. In addition, this application provides internal controls for
revenue tracking and costing. The integrated nature of our information systems
allows us to operate each branch as a separate profit and loss center.

            We are actively upgrading our information systems to a three-tiered
client/server architecture in order to support our network. We have selected
Oracle's relational database for the first tier, which is our data repository
and warehouse. We will vertically integrate our second tier business
applications described above with the data repository using a messaging product
from TIBCO Corporation. Third tier users, such as customers, vendors, partners
and internal users, will access the second tier business applications using
either UNIX, Windows 95 or standard browsers. We expect that this three-tiered
architecture will allow us to grow and expand our business, replace and upgrade
business applications without impacting other applications and provide us with
reliable data.

Competition

            We operate in a highly competitive environment. We have no
significant market share in any market in which we operate. We will face
substantial and growing competition from a variety of data transport, data
networking and telephony service providers. We will face competition for the
provision of integrated telecommunications services as well for the individual
service components that comprise our integrated services. Many of these
competitors are larger and better capitalized than we are. Also, many of our
competitors are incumbent providers, with long standing relationships with their
customers and greater name recognition.


            Bell Atlantic is presently a competitor for local and data services,
and, we expect based on likely regulatory developments, will eventually be a
competitor for long distance services as well. Major competitors in our markets
for the provision of integrated telecommunications solutions include WinStar
Communications, Inc. and Teligent, Inc. Network Plus is a competitor in our
market for the provision of long distance and, to some extent, local services.
Our competitors for long distance services include all the major carriers such
as AT&T, MCI Worldcom and Sprint.



            In addition, the continuing trend toward business combinations and
alliances in the telecommunications industry may create significant new
competitors. Examples of some of these alliances include: Bell Atlantic's
proposed acquisition of GTE, SBC's proposed merger with Ameritech, AT&T's
acquisition of TCI and proposed acquisition of Media One, US West's proposed
merger with Global Crossing, Global Crossing's proposed acquisition of Frontier
Corp. and SBC's acquisition of SNET. Many of these combined entities have or
will have resources far greater than ours. These combined entities may provide a
bundled package of telecommunications products that is in direct competition
with our products. These combined entities may be capable of offering these
products sooner and at more competitive rates than we can.


                                      -49-
<PAGE>



Competition for Provision of Integrated Telecommunications Services. The number
of competitors able to provide integrated telecommunications services has
increased because of the current regulatory trend toward fostering competition
and the continued consolidation of telecommunications service providers. Many
facilities-based integrated communications providers and long distance carriers
have committed substantial resources to building their own networks or to
purchasing carriers with complementary facilities. Through these strategies, a
facilities-based provider can offer single source local, long distance and data
services similar to those that we will offer. The alternative strategies
available to these competitors may provide them with greater flexibility and a
lower cost structure.


            Once the RBOCs are allowed to offer in-region long distance services
under the terms of Section 271 of the Telecommunications Act, they will be in a
position to offer local and long distance services similar to the services we
offer. No RBOC is currently permitted to provide inter-LATA services for calls
originating in their region. We cannot assure you that this will continue to be
the case. The FCC must approve RBOC provision of in-region interLATA long
distance services and can only do so upon finding that the RBOC has complied
with the 14-point checklist outlined in Section 271 of the Telecommunications
Act. This 14-point checklist is designed to ensure that RBOC competitors have
the ability to provide local telephone services in competition with the RBOC.
The FCC has not yet found that any RBOC has complied with the 14-point
checklist.


            Although the Telecommunications Act and other federal and state
regulatory initiatives will provide us with new business opportunities, as
competition increases regulators are likely to provide the incumbent local
exchange carriers with more pricing flexibility. Our revenues may be adversely
affected if the incumbent local exchange carriers elect to lower their rates and
sustain these lower rates over time. We believe that we may be able to offset
the effect of lower rates by offering new services to our target customers, but
we cannot assure you that this will occur. In addition, if future regulatory
decisions give incumbent local exchange carriers increased pricing flexibility
or other regulatory relief, such decisions could have a material adverse effect
on our business.

Competition for Provision of Local Exchange Services. In the local exchange
market, incumbent local exchange carriers, including RBOCs, continue to hold
near-monopoly positions. We also face competition or prospective competition
from one or more integrated communications providers, and from other competitive
providers, including non-facilities- based providers. Many of these competitors
are larger and better capitalized than we are. Some carriers have entered into
interconnection agreements with incumbent local exchange carriers and either
have begun, or in the near future likely will begin, offering local exchange
service in each of our markets. Further, as of February 8, 1999, the largest
long distance carriers were permitted to bundle local and long distance
services. This removes one of our competitive advantages. Other entities that
currently offer or are potentially capable of offering switched services include
cable television companies, electric utilities, other long distance carriers,
microwave carriers, and large customers who build private networks.


            Wireless telephone system operators are also competitors in the
provision of local services. Cellular, personal communications service, and
other commercial mobile radio services providers may offer wireless services to
fixed locations, rather than just to mobile customers. This ability to provide
fixed as well as mobile services will enable wireless providers to offer
wireless local loop service and other services to fixed locations (e.g., office
and apartment buildings) in direct competition with us and other providers of
traditional fixed telephone service. In addition, the FCC recently auctioned
substantial blocks of spectrum for fixed use including local exchange services.
We expect exploitation of this spectrum to increase competition in the local
market.

            The World Trade Organization recently concluded an agreement that
could result in additional competitors entering the U.S. local and long-distance
markets. Under the WTO agreement, the United States committed to open
telecommunications markets to foreign-owned carriers. The FCC has adopted
streamlined procedures for processing market entry applications from foreign
carriers, making it easier for such carriers to compete in the U.S. We cannot
predict whether foreign-owned carriers will enter our markets as a result of the
WTO agreement.

                                      -50-
<PAGE>

Competition for Provision of Long Distance Services. The long distance market is
significantly more competitive than the local exchange market. In the long
distance market numerous entities compete for the same customers. In addition,
customers frequently change long distance providers in response to lower rates
or promotional incentives by competitors. This results in a high average rate of
customer loss, or churn, in the long distance market. Prices in the long
distance market have declined significantly in recent years and are expected to
continue to decline. Competition in this market will further increase once RBOCs
are permitted to offer interLATA long distance services.


Data and Internet Services. The market for high speed data services and access
to the internet is highly competitive. We expect competition in this market to
continue to intensify. Our competitors in this market will include internet
service providers and other telecommunications companies, including large
interexchange carriers and RBOCs. Many of these competitors have greater
financial, technological and marketing resources than those available to us.
Recently, various RBOCs have filed petitions with the FCC requesting regulatory
relief in connection with the provision of their own data services, including
DSL services. In response to these petitions, the FCC issued a decision that
data services generally are telecommunications services that, when provided by
incumbent local exchange carriers, are subject to the unbundling, resale, and
other independent local exchange carrier obligations prescribed in Section 251
of the Telecommunications Act. Petitions have been filed with the FCC asking
them to reconsider this decision. The FCC also has initiated a proceeding to
determine whether independent local exchange carriers will be able to escape
their Section 251 obligations by providing data services through "truly"
separate affiliates, whether the FCC will require incumbent local exchange
carriers to unbundle their DSL equipment and resell DSL services, and whether
the FCC will grant RBOCs interLATA relief for the provision of data services. We
cannot predict the effect that this proceeding will have on our ability to
obtain facilities and services from incumbent local exchange carriers and on the
competition that we will face from incumbent local exchange carriers in the data
services market.


Government Regulation

            The local and long distance telephony services and, to a lesser
extent, the data services we provide are regulated by federal, state, and, to
some extent, local government authorities. The FCC has jurisdiction over all
telecommunications common carriers to the extent they provide interstate or
international communications services. Each state regulatory commission has
jurisdiction over the same carriers with respect to the provision of intrastate
communications services. Local governments sometimes impose franchise or
licensing requirements on telecommunications carriers and regulate construction
activities involving public rights-of-way. Changes to the regulations imposed by
any of these regulators could have a material adverse effect on our business,
operating results and financial condition.

            In recent years, the regulation of the telecommunications industry
has been in a state of flux as the United States Congress and various state
legislatures have passed laws seeking to foster greater competition in
telecommunications markets. The FCC and state utility commissions have adopted
many new rules to implement this legislation and encourage competition. These
changes, which are still incomplete, have created new opportunities and
challenges for us and our competitors. The following summary of regulatory
developments and legislation is not intended to describe all present and
proposed federal, state and local regulations and legislation affecting the
telecommunications industry. Some of these and other existing federal and state
regulations are the subject of judicial proceedings, legislative hearings and
administrative proposals which could change, in varying degree, the manner in
which this industry operates. We cannot predict the outcome of these
proceedings, or their impact on the telecommunications industry at this time.

Federal Regulation

            We are currently not subject to price cap or rate of return
regulation at the federal level and are not currently required to obtain FCC
authorization for the installation, acquisition or operation of our domestic
interexchange network facilities. However, we must comply with the requirements
of common carriage under the Communications Act. We are subject to the general
requirement that our charges and terms for our telecommunications services be
"just and reasonable" and that we not make any "unjust or unreasonable
discrimination" in our charges or terms. The FCC has jurisdiction to act upon
complaints against any common carrier for failure to comply with its statutory
obligations.

                                      -51-
<PAGE>

            Comprehensive amendments to the Communications Act were made by the
Telecommunications Act, which was signed into law on February 8, 1996. The
Telecommunications Act effected changes in regulation at both the federal and
state levels that affect virtually every segment of the telecommunications
industry. The stated purpose of the Telecommunications Act is to promote
competition in all areas of telecommunications. While it may take years for the
industry to feel the full impact of the Telecommunications Act, it is already
clear that the legislation provides us with new opportunities and challenges.


            The Telecommunications Act greatly expands the interconnection
requirements on the incumbent local exchange carriers, or incumbent local
exchange carriers. The Telecommunications Act requires the incumbent local
exchange carriers to:

 .           provide physical collocation, which allows companies such as us and
            other competitive local exchange carriers to install and maintain
            their own network termination equipment in incumbent local exchange
            carrier central offices, and virtual collocation only if requested
            or if physical collocation is demonstrated to be technically
            infeasible;


 .           unbundle components of their local service networks so that other
            providers of local service can compete for a wide range of local
            services customers; and


 .           establish "wholesale" rates for their services to promote resale by
            competitive local exchange carriers.

            In addition, all local exchange carriers must:

 .           its existing phone number if it switches from the local exchange
            carrier to a competitive local service provider;


 .           provide nondiscriminatory access to telephone poles, ducts, conduits
            and rights-of-way.


 .           compensate other local exchange carriers on a reciprocal basis for
            traffic originated on one local exchange carrier and terminated on
            the other local exchange carrier.

            The FCC is charged with establishing national guidelines to
implement certain portions of the Telecommunications Act. The FCC issued its
interconnection order on August 8, 1996. On July 18, 1997, however, the United
States Court of Appeals for the Eighth Circuit issued a decision vacating the
FCC's pricing rules, as well as certain other portions of the FCC's
interconnection rules, on the grounds that the FCC had improperly intruded into
matters reserved for state jurisdiction. On January 25, 1999, the Supreme Court
largely reversed the Eighth Circuit's order, holding that the FCC has general
jurisdiction to implement the local competition provisions of the
Telecommunications Act. In so doing, the Supreme Court stated that the FCC has
authority to set pricing guidelines for unbundled network elements, to prevent
incumbent local exchange carriers from disaggregating existing combinations of
network elements, and to establish "pick and choose" rules regarding
interconnection agreements. "Pick and choose" rules would permit a carrier
seeking interconnection to "pick and choose" among the terms of service
from other interconnection agreements between the incumbent local exchange
carriers and other competitive local exchange carriers. This action
reestablishes the validity of many of the FCC rules vacated by the Eighth
Circuit. Although the Supreme Court affirmed the FCC's authority to develop
pricing guidelines, the Supreme Court did not evaluate the specific pricing
methodology adopted by the FCC and has remanded the case to the Eighth Circuit
for further consideration. Thus, while the Supreme Court resolved many issues,
including the FCC's jurisdictional authority, other issues remain subject to
further consideration by the courts and the FCC. We cannot predict the ultimate
disposition of those matters. We also cannot predict the possible impact of this
decision, including the portion dealing with unbundled network elements, on
existing interconnection agreements between incumbent local exchange carriers
and competitive local exchange carriers or on agreements that may be negotiated
in the future.


                                      -52-
<PAGE>


            Although most of the FCC rules that the Supreme Court was
considering were upheld, the Court vacated the FCC's rule that identifies the
unbundled network elements that incumbent local exchange carriers must provide
to competitive local exchange carriers. The FCC recently initiated a new
proceeding to reexamine whether it will identify which unbundled network
elements incumbent local exchange carriers must provide, and, if so, how to
identify those elements. It is unclear how the FCC will decide this issue or the
effect that the FCC's decision will have on our business or operations.

            The FCC recently adopted new rules designed to make it easier and
less expensive for competitive local exchange carriers to obtain collocation at
incumbent local exchange carrier central offices by, among other things,
restricting the incumbent local exchange carriers' ability to prevent certain
types of equipment from being collocated and requiring incumbent local exchange
carriers to offer alternative collocation arrangements to competitive local
exchange carriers. The FCC also initiated a new proceeding to address line
sharing, which, if implemented, would allow competitive local exchange carriers
to offer data services over the same line that a consumer uses for voice
services without the competitive local exchange carrier having to provide the
voice service. While we expect that the FCC's new collocation rules will be
beneficial to us, we cannot be certain that these new rules will be implemented
in a favorable manner. Moreover, incumbent local exchange carriers or other
parties may ask the FCC to reconsider some or all of its new collocation rules,
or may appeal these rules in federal court. We cannot predict the outcome of
these actions or the effect they may have on our business.

            Under the Communications Act, incumbent local exchange carriers have
an obligation to negotiate with us in good faith to enter into interconnection
agreements. We will need interconnection agreements to provide enhanced
connectivity to our network and to provide local dial tone services. If we
cannot reach agreement, either side may petition the applicable state commission
to arbitrate remaining disagreements. These arbitration proceedings can last up
to 9 months. Moreover, state commission approval of any interconnection
agreement resulting from negotiation or arbitration is required, and any party
may appeal an adverse decision by the state commission to federal district
court. The potential cost in resources and delay from this process could harm
our ability to compete in certain markets, and there is no guarantee that a
state commission would resolve disputes, including pricing disputes in our
favor. Moreover, as explained above, the FCC rules governing pricing standards
for access to the networks of the traditional telephone companies are currently
being challenged in federal court. If the courts overturn the FCC's pricing
rules, the FCC may adopt a new pricing methodology that would require us to pay
a higher price to traditional telephone companies for interconnection. This
could have a detrimental effect on our business.

            The Telecommunications Act permits RBOCs to provide long distance
services outside their local service regions immediately, and will permit them
to provide in-region long distance service upon demonstrating to the FCC and
state regulatory agencies that they have adhered to the Telecommunication Act's
14-point competitive checklist. Some RBOCs have filed applications with various
state public utility commissions and the FCC seeking approval to offer in-region
interLATA service. Some states have denied these applications while others have
approved them. However, to date, the FCC has denied each of the RBOC's
applications brought before it because it found that the RBOC had not
sufficiently made its local network available to competitors. We anticipate that
a number of RBOCs will file additional applications in 1999.

            In May 1997, the FCC released an order establishing a significantly
expanded universal service regime to subsidize the cost of telecommunications
service to high cost areas, as well as to low-income customers and qualifying
schools, libraries, and rural health care providers. Providers of interstate
telecommunications services, like us, as well as certain other entities, must
pay for these programs. We are also eligible to receive funding from these
programs if we meet certain requirements, but we are not currently planning to
do so. Our share of the payments into these subsidy funds will be based on our
share of certain defined telecommunications end-user revenues. Currently, the
FCC is assessing such payments on the basis of a provider's revenue for the
previous year. Various states are also in the process of implementing their own
universal service programs. We are currently unable to quantify the amount of
subsidy payments that we will be required to make and the effect that these
required payments will have on our financial condition. Moreover, the FCC's
universal service rules remain subject to judicial appeal and further FCC
review. Additional changes to the universal service program could increase our
costs.

                                      -53-
<PAGE>


            On November 1, 1996, the FCC issued an order that required
nondominant interexchange carriers, like us, to cease filing tariffs for our
domestic interexchange services. The order required mandatory detariffing and
gave carriers nine months to withdraw federal tariffs and move to contractual
relationships with their customers. This order subsequently was stayed by a
federal appeals court, and it is unclear at this time whether the detariffing
order will be implemented. In June 1997, the FCC issued another order stating
that non-dominant local exchange carriers, like us, could withdraw their tariffs
for interstate access services provided to long distance carriers. The FCC
continues to require that carriers obtain authority to provide service between
the United States and foreign points and file tariffs for international service.
If the FCC's orders become effective, nondominant interstate services providers
will no longer be able to rely on the filing of tariffs with the FCC as a means
of providing notice to customers of prices, terms and conditions under which
they offer their interstate services. If we cancel our FCC tariffs as a result
of the FCC's orders, we will need to implement replacement contracts which could
result in substantial administrative expenses.


            In March 1999, the FCC adopted further rules that, while still
maintaining mandatory detariffing, nonetheless require long distance carriers to
make specific public disclosures on the carriers' Internet websites of their
rates, terms and conditions for domestic interstate services. The effective date
for these rules is also delayed until a court decision on the appeal of the
FCC's detariffing order.


            Recently, the FCC has determined that both dedicated access and
dial-up calls from a customer to an internet service provider , or ISP, are
interstate, not local, calls, and, therefore, are subject to the FCC's
jurisdiction. The FCC has initiated a proceeding to determine the effect that
this regulatory classification will have on the obligation of a local exchange
carrier to pay reciprocal compensation for dial-up calls to internet service
providers that originate on one local exchange carrier network and terminate on
another local exchange carrier network. In addition, one RBOC has petitioned the
FCC for a ruling that telephone-to-telephone calls made over the internet are
subject to regulation as a telecommunications service under the Communications
Act. Although the FCC has suggested that such internet-based telephone-to-
telephone calls may be considered a telecommunications service, it has not
reached a final decision on that issue. We cannot predict the effect that the
FCC's resolution of these issues will have on our business.

            In August 1997, the FCC issued rules transferring responsibility for
administering and assigning local telephone numbers from the RBOCs and a few
other local exchange carriers to a neutral entity in each geographic region in
the United States. In August 1996, the FCC issued new numbering regulations that
prohibit states from creating new area codes that could unfairly hinder local
exchange carriers by requiring their customers to use 10 digit dialing while
existing independent local exchange carrier customers use 7 digit dialing. These
regulations also prohibit incumbent local exchange carriers which are still
administering central office numbers pending selection of the neutral
administrator from charging "code opening" fees to competitors unless they
charge the same fee to all carriers including themselves. In addition, each
carrier is required to contribute to the cost of numbering administration
through a formula based on net telecommunications revenues. In July 1996, the
FCC released rules requiring all local exchange carriers to have the capability
to permit both residential and business consumers to retain their telephone
numbers when switching from one local service provider to another, known as
"number portability."


            A customer's choice of local or long distance telecommunications
company is encoded in a customer record, which is used to route the customer's
calls so that the customer is served and billed by the desired company. A user
may change service providers at any time, but the FCC and some states regulate
this process and require that specific procedures be followed. When these
procedures are not followed, particularly if the change is unauthorized or
fraudulent, the process is known as "slamming." Slamming is such a significant
problem that it was addressed in detail by Congress in the Telecommunications
Act, by some state legislatures, and by the FCC in recent orders. The FCC has
levied substantial fines for slamming. The risk of financial damage and business
reputation from slamming is significant. Even one slamming complaint could cause
extensive litigation expenses for us. The FCC recently decided to apply its
slamming rules (which originally covered only long distance) to local service as
well.


                                      -54-
<PAGE>
State Regulation

            To the extent that we provide telecommunications services which
originate and terminate in the same state, we are subject to the jurisdiction of
that state's public service commission. As our local service business and
product lines expand, we will offer more intrastate service and become
increasingly subject to state regulation. The Telecommunications Act maintains
the authority of individual state utility commissions to preside over rate and
other proceedings, as discussed above, and impose their own regulation of local
exchange and interexchange services so long as such regulation is not
inconsistent with the requirements of the Telecommunications Act. For instance,
states may impose tariff and filing requirements, consumer protection measures
and obligations to contribute to universal service, and other funds.

            We are subject to requirements in some states to obtain prior
approval for, or notify the state commission of, any transfers of control, sales
of assets, corporate reorganizations, issuances of stock or debt instruments and
related transactions. Although we believe such authorizations could be obtained
in due course, there can be no assurance that the FCC or state commissions would
grant CTC authority to complete any of these transactions.

            We have state regulatory authority to provide competitive local
exchange services and interexchange services in nine states. We also have state
regulatory authority to provide interexchange services in approximately 31
additional states. In some states, in which we have or have had de minimis
intrastate interexchange revenues, we have not obtained authorization to provide
such interexchange services or have allowed such authorization to lapse. We have
either subsequently obtained, or are in the process of applying to obtain, the
appropriate authorization in these states.

            The Telecommunications Act generally preempts state statutes and
regulations that restrict the provision of competitive local services. States,
however, may still restrict competition in some rural areas. As a result of this
preemption, we will be free to provide the full range of local, long distance,
and data services in any state. While this action greatly increases our
potential for growth, it also increases the amount of competition to which we
may be subject.

Local Government Regulation

            We may be required to obtain from municipal authorities street
opening and construction permits to install our facilities in some cities. In
some of the areas where we provide service, we are subject to municipal
franchise requirements requiring us to pay license or franchise fees either on a
percentage of gross revenue, flat fee or other basis. The Telecommunications Act
requires municipalities to charge nondiscriminatory fees to all
telecommunications providers, but it is uncertain how quickly this requirement
will be implemented by particular municipalities in which we operate or plan to
operate or whether it will be implemented without a legal challenge.

Properties


            We are headquartered in leased space in Waltham, Massachusetts. We
also lease offices in California, Connecticut, Massachusetts, Maine, New
Hampshire, New York, Maryland and Vermont. Although we believe that our leased
facilities are adequate at this time, we expect to lease a significant number of
additional sales facilities in connection with our planned expansion in existing
markets and into new markets.


Legal Proceedings


            In December 1997, we terminated our agency contract and filed suit
against Bell Atlantic for, among other things, breach of contract, including the
failure of Bell Atlantic's retail division to pay agency commissions owed to us.
This litigation was settled on February 24, 1999. Under the terms of the
settlement, we will receive cash and other consideration. Both parties have
agreed to keep the specific terms of the settlement confidential.

            We are otherwise party to suits and regulatory proceedings arising
in the normal course of business which we believe are not material individually
or in the aggregate.




                                      -55-
<PAGE>

Employees


            As of June 2, 1999, CTC employed 390 persons. None of our employees
are represented by a collective bargaining agreement.


Market Price Ranges

            Our common stock is listed on the Nasdaq National Market under the
symbol "CPTL." Following is the range of high and low trading prices on the
Nasdaq National Market for the CTC Communications common stock for the periods
indicated.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                                             Price Range
                                                                             -----------
                                                                       High              Low
                                                                     -------            -------
<S>                                                               <C>                <C>
       Calendar Year 1997
           Second Quarter......................................      $ 10.00            $  6.88
           Third Quarter.......................................      $  9.75            $  7.06
           Fourth Quarter......................................      $ 15.94            $  8.00
       Calendar Year 1998
           First Quarter.......................................      $ 14.94            $  5.13
           Second Quarter......................................      $  9.88            $  6.50
           Third Quarter.......................................      $  8.50            $  4.75
           Fourth Quarter......................................      $  9.00            $  4.00
       Calendar Year 1999
           First Quarter.......................................      $ 17.50            $  8.38
           Second Quarter (through  June 2, 1999)                    $ 24.00            $ 12.19

The last  sale price of the common stock on the Nasdaq National Market on June 2, 1999 was $18.63.
</TABLE>





                                  Management


Executive Officers, Directors and Significant Employees


        Our executive officers and directors, and their ages as of June 2,1999,
are as follows:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
        Name                       Age                  Current Office Held
        ----                       ---                  -------------------
<S>                                <C>        <C>
Robert J. Fabbricatore.......      56         Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
Steven P. Milton.............      45         President and Chief Operating Officer
John D. Pittenger............      45         Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
David E. Mahan...............      57         Vice President--Marketing and Strategic Planning
Michael H. Donnellan.........      45         Vice President--Operations
Thomas Fabbricatore..........      40         Vice President--Marketing
Anthony D. Vermette..........      38         Vice President--Sales
Frederick Kunzi..............      47         Vice President and Chief Technology Officer
Jeffrey C. Lavin.............      43         Vice President--Corporate Development
Katherine D. Courage.........      41         Director
Henry Hermann................      57         Director
Kevin J. Maroni..............      36         Director
J. Richard Murphy............      54         Director
Robert A. Nicholson..........      31         Director
</TABLE>

                                      -56-
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<S>                                 <C>              <C>
Carl Redfield. . . . . . . . . .      51               Director
Richard J. Santagati . . . . . .      55               Director
Ralph C. Sillari . . . . . . . .      44               Director
Ralph S. Troupe. . . . . . . . .      38               Director
</TABLE>



            Robert J. Fabbricatore, a founder of CTC Communications and a
director since its inception in 1980, became Chairman of the Board of Directors
in March 1983 and served as President from October 1993 to August 1995. Robert
J. Fabbricatore is the brother of Thomas Fabbricatore, Vice

President--Marketing.

            Steven P. Milton has been employed by CTC Communications since 1984
and has served as President and Chief Operating Officer since August 1995. Prior
to that, he held various positions within CTC Communications including Branch
Manager, District Manager, Regional Manager and Vice President--Sales and
Marketing.

            John D. Pittenger has served as Chief Financial Officer since April
14, 1999, as Executive Vice President--Finance and Administration since April
1998 and as Treasurer and Clerk of CTC Communications since August 1989. Mr.
Pittenger served as Vice President--Finance from 1991 until April 1998, and as
Chief Financial Officer from 1989 to April 1998.

            David E. Mahan joined CTC Communications in October 1995 as Vice
President--Marketing and Strategic Planning. Prior to joining CTC
Communications, Mr. Mahan held a number of senior management level positions
with NYNEX, including Vice President--Sales Channel Management from 1993 to
1995.

            Michael H. Donnellan has been employed by CTC Communications since
1988 in a number of positions. He was named Vice President--Operations in 1995.

            Thomas Fabbricatore joined CTC Communications in 1982. He was named
Vice President--Regulatory and Electronic Media in 1991, and was named Vice
President--Marketing in November 1998. Thomas Fabbricatore is the brother of
Robert J. Fabbricatore.

            Anthony D. Vermette has been employed by CTC Communications in a
variety of positions since 1987. Mr. Vermette was named Vice President--Sales in
1996.

            Frederick Kunzi joined CTC Communications as a Vice President and
Chief Technology Officer in September 1998. Mr. Kunzi has over 25 years
experience in information technology. From 1985 to September 1998, he was
employed by Digital Equipment Corporation, most recently as Senior Manager,
Global Network Services where he was responsible for Digital's worldwide
enterprise network infrastructure.

            Jeffrey C. Lavin joined CTC Communications in June 1998 as Vice
President--Corporate Development. Mr. Lavin has 19 years of sales and
operational management experience in the telecommunications industry. From
December 1996 to May 1998, Mr. Lavin was Vice President of Sales, Americas/Asia
Pacific for NovaSoft Systems, Inc., a software development corporation. From
1979 to 1996, Mr. Lavin was employed by Comlink Incorporated, a communication
network integrator, most recently as Senior Vice President. Following the
acquisition of Comlink in 1996 by Williams Communications, Mr. Lavin served as
Vice President and General Manager of Network Systems Integration.

            Katherine D. Courage became a director of CTC Communications in
April 1999. Ms. Courage is a managing director in the Global Telecommunications
and Media Group in the Investment Banking Department of Credit Suisse First
Boston, one of the underwriters of the offering. Prior to joining Credit Suisse
First Boston in September 1996, Ms. Courage worked at Salomon Brothers Inc for
ten years where she was a managing director in the Global Telecommunications
Group. Ms. Courage also worked at Merrill Lynch & Co. in the corporate finance
department. Ms. Courage currently serves as a director of NorthEast Optic
Network, Inc. and Lightpath Technologies, Inc.


                                      -57-
<PAGE>

            Henry Hermann became a director of CTC Communications in September
1996. Since November 1997, he has operated Hermann Companies, a financial
services company. Mr. Hermann is registered as an Investment Advisor with the
State of Texas, a Chartered Financial Analyst and, as an independent contractor,
offers general securities through SWS Financial. In 1997, he was employed by
Kuhns Brothers & Company, Inc., as a principal and Executive Vice President. For
the previous nine years, he was employed by WR Lazard, Laidlaw and Luther, Inc.,
a securities brokerage firm, as Vice President, Securities Analyst and Portfolio
Manager. Mr. Hermann has been an NASD Board of Arbitrators Member since 1991.

            Kevin J. Maroni became a director of CTC Communications in April
1998 as one of the two designees of the Series A preferred stockholders. Mr.
Maroni is a general partner of Spectrum which he joined in 1994. Spectrum is a
leading private equity fund which manages $1 billion of capital for investment
in the communications and media industries. Prior to joining Spectrum, he worked
at Time Warner Telecommunications and Harvard Management Company. Mr. Maroni is
a director of PathNet, Inc., Formus Communications, Inc., WNP Communications,
Inc. and American Cellular Corp.

            J. Richard Murphy became a director of CTC Communications in August
1995. Mr. Murphy has been the director of the Corporate Advisory Group of Moody,
Cavanaugh and Company, LLP, a North Andover, Massachusetts public accounting
firm, since April 1996. Mr. Murphy was an officer, director and principal
stockholder from 1990 to 1995 of Arlington Data Corporation, a systems
integration company located in Amesbury, Massachusetts; from 1992 to 1996 of
Arlington Data Consultants, Inc., a company engaged in the installation and
maintenance of computer systems and hardware; and from 1994 to 1996 of Computer
Emporium, Inc., a company engaged in processing parking violations for
municipalities. In June 1996, Arlington Data Corporation filed for bankruptcy
under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code.

            Robert A. Nicholson is one of the two designees of the Series A
preferred stockholders and became a director of CTC Communications in November
1998. Mr. Nicholson joined Spectrum in 1995 as a Vice President and became a
partner in July 1998. From 1990 to 1993, Mr. Nicholson was an Associate
Consultant and then Consultant at Bain & Company, a leading strategy consulting
firm, where he was responsible for strategy and operations projects in the
communications industry. Mr. Nicholson currently serves as a Director of Navitar
Communications Group, Inc., a Canadian competitive local exchange carrier.

            Carl Redfield became a director of CTC Communications in January
1999. He has been Senior Vice President, Manufacturing and Logistics of Cisco
since February 1997. From September 1993 to February 1997 he was Vice President
of Manufacturing. Mr. Redfield also is a director of VA Research Inc. and
Paragon Electronics Inc.

            Richard J. Santagati became a director of CTC Communications in
September 1991. He has been the President of Merrimack College in North Andover,
Massachusetts since 1994. From March 1992 to February 1994, Mr. Santagati was
the Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer and President of Artel
Communications Corp., a publicly held data communications firm located in
Hudson, Massachusetts. Mr. Santagati also serves as a director of Celerity
Solutions, Inc., a software company.

            Ralph C. Sillari became a director of CTC Communications in October
1997. Since 1991, Mr. Sillari has been employed by Fleet National Bank where he
is currently an Executive Vice President in the Business and Entrepreneurial
Services Division.


            Ralph S. Troupe became a director of CTC Communications in May 1999.
Since January 1993, Mr. Troupe has been employed by International Network
Services, where he is currently Vice President of North American Field
Operations, East.

            We currently have ten members on our board of directors: three Class
I Directors (Messrs. Hermann, Sillari and Redfield), three Class II Directors
(Messrs. Murphy and Santagati and Ms. Courage) and four Class III Directors



                                      -58-
<PAGE>



(Messrs. Fabbricatore, Maroni , Nicholson and Troupe). The terms of the Class I,
Class II and Class III directors expire upon the election and qualification of
their successors at the annual meetings of stockholders held following the end
of fiscal years 2001, 1999 and 2000, respectively.



Director Compensation


            Non-employee directors receive an annual retainer of $10,000. On
February 17, 1999, we granted Messrs. Sillari, Murphy and Hermann options to
purchase 10,000 shares of our common stock. We also granted Messrs. Nicholson,
Maroni and Santagati options to purchase 20,000 shares of our common stock. All
of the above options were at a purchase price of $10.125 per share. At the same
time we granted Robert Fabbricatore options to purchase 50,000 shares of our
common stock at a purchase price of $11.1375, 50,000 shares at a purchase price
of $15.00 per share and 50,000 shares at a purchase price of $20.00 per share.
On January 19, 1999, we granted Mr. Redfield an option to purchase 40,000 shares
of our common stock at a purchase price of $11.25 per share. On April 5, 1999,
we granted Ms. Courage an option to purchase 40,000 shares of our common stock
at a purchase price of $12.375 per share. On May 5, 1999, we granted Mr. Troupe
an option to purchase 25,000 shares of common stock at a purchase price of
$18.875 per share.


Committees of the Board of Directors

            CTC Communications' board of directors has established an audit
committee, a compensation committee and a nominating committee.

            The audit committee consists of Messrs. Murphy and Hermann. The
audit committee is responsible for reviewing the internal accounting controls of
CTC Communications, meeting and conferring with our independent auditors and
reviewing the results of the accountants' auditing engagement.

            The compensation committee consists of Messrs. Maroni, Santagati and
Murphy. The compensation committee establishes compensation and benefits for our
senior executives. The committee also determines the number and terms of stock
options granted to employees, directors and consultants under our stock option
plans.

            The nominating committee consists of Messrs. Santagati, Murphy and
Sillari. The nominating committee recommends candidates for nomination to the
board of directors. The committee also reviews and makes recommendations
regarding compensation for non-employee directors.

Voting Agreement


            Pursuant to a voting agreement between Robert J. Fabbricatore and
certain of his affiliates and Spectrum, Mr. Fabbricatore and certain of his
affiliates agreed to vote at each annual or special meeting at which directors
of CTC Communications or CTC Group are to be elected all of the shares of common
stock held by them in favor of two persons designated by a majority of the
outstanding shares of Series A preferred stock as nominees for directors,
subject to certain limitations based on the number of shares of Series A
preferred stock outstanding at any time. As of June 2, 1999, Spectrum owned
657,555 of the 666,666 shares, or 98.6%, of the Series A preferred stock
outstanding. Kevin J. Maroni and Robert A. Nicholson, partners of Spectrum and
designees of the Series A preferred stockholders, are Class III directors of CTC
Communications.


Executive Compensation

            The following table provides summary information concerning
compensation of CTC Communications' Chief Executive Officer and each of the four
other most highly paid executive officers (the "Named Executive Officers")
during the fiscal year ended March 31, 1999:


                                      -59-
<PAGE>

Summary Compensation Table

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                     Long Term Compensation
                                                                                                     ----------------------

                                                      Fiscal                                      Securities
                                                      ------                                      ----------
                                                    Year Ended                      Annual        Underlying          All Other
                                                    ----------                      ------        ----------          ---------
                                                     March 31,      Salary          Bonus        Options (#)(1)     Compensation
                                                     ---------      ------          -----        --------------     ------------

<S>                                                 <C>         <C>              <C>            <C>               <C>
Robert J. Fabbricatore,..........................     1999         $240,000       $ 78,000         150,000          $ 20,900(2)
    Chairman and Chief                                1998          240,000         60,000         150,000            19,550(2)
    Executive Officer                                 1997          240,000         60,000              --            18,075(2)
Steven C. Jones,.................................     1999          150,000         75,000              --             3,375(3)
    Executive Vice President,                         1998           12,500             --         300,000                --
    Chief Financial Officer and                       1997               --             --              --                --
    Director of Corporate Development(4)
Steven P. Milton,................................     1999          150,000         54,500         100,000             5,625(3)
    President and Chief                               1998          100,000         40,000         150,000             4,200(3)
    Operating Officer                                 1997          100,000         40,000              --             4,075(3)
David E. Mahan,..................................     1999          110,000         52,000          20,000             4,440(3)
    Vice President--                                  1998          100,000         40,000         260,000             4,075(3)
    Marketing and Strategic Planning                  1997          100,000         40,000              --             4,075(3)
John D. Pittenger,...............................     1999          100,000         62,000          36,000             4,860(3)
    Executive Vice President--                        1998           90,000         36,000          80,000             3,900(3)
    Finance and Administration,                       1997           86,100         34,000              --             3,437(3)
    Treasurer and Clerk
</TABLE>

- ---------
(1) On March 20, 1998 we repriced all previously granted options that had an
    exercise price in excess of $7.19 per share. The 1998 information includes
    75,000, 75,000, 130,000 and 40,000 shares underlying options previously
    granted to Messrs. Fabbricatore, Milton, Mahan and Pittenger that were
    canceled as a result of the repricing.
(2) Includes 50% matching contributions in the amounts of $4,800, $4,750 and
    $4,500 in 1999, 1998 and 1997 to the CTC Communications Corp. 401(k) Savings
    Plan. Also included is the actuarial benefit on the "split-dollar" life
    insurance policy for the benefit of Mr. Fabbricatore in the amounts of
    $16,100, $14,800 and $13,575 in 1999, 1998 and 1997.
(3) Includes 50% matching contributions to the CTC Communications Corp. 401(k)
    Savings Plan.
(4) Mr. Jones began working for CTC Communications on February 27, 1998 and
    resigned on April 21, 1999. Does not include $135,879 of severance benefits
    that we paid to Mr. Jones after March 31, 1999.

Option Grants in Last Fiscal Year

    The following table sets forth the aggregate number of stock options granted
to each of the Named Executive Officers during the fiscal year ended March 31,
1999. Options are exercisable for our common stock, par value $.01 per share. No
options were granted to Mr. Jones in the last fiscal year.

                                      -60-
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                             Potential Realizable
                                                                                                             --------------------
                                       Number of         Percent of                                           Value at Assumed
                                       --------          ----------                                           ----------------
                                      Securities       Total Options                                           Annual Rate of
                                      ----------       -------------                                           --------------
                                      Underlying        Granted to     Exercise                                 Stock Price
                                      ----------        ----------     --------                                 -----------
                                       Options         Employees in     Price           Expiration            Appreciation for
                                       -------         ------------     -----           ----------            ----------------
                                      Granted (#)      Fiscal Year    ($/Share)            Date                 Option Term
                                      -----------      -----------    ---------            ----                 -----------

                                                                                                               5%          10%
                                                                                                            --------    ---------
<S>                                   <C>              <C>            <C>              <C>                 <C>        <C>
Robert J. Fabbricatore.............    50,000             4.2%          20.00            2/17/2003          (353,882)   (184,679)
                                       50,000             4.2%          15.00            2/17/2003          (103,882)     65,321
                                       50,000             4.2%         11.138            2/17/2003            89,243     258,446
Steven P. Milton...................    33,000               3%          20.00            2/17/2003          (233,562)   (122,996)
                                       33,000               3%          15.00            2/17/2003           (68,562)     43,112
                                       34,000               3%         10.125            2/17/2003            95,110     210,168
David E. Mahan.....................    20,000               2%         10.125            2/17/2003            55,947     123,628
John D. Pittenger..................    36,000               3%         10.125            2/17/2003           100,705     222,531

</TABLE>
Aggregate Option Exercises in Last Fiscal Year and Fiscal Year-End Option Values

            The following table sets forth information concerning the exercise
of options by the Named Executive Officers during the fiscal year ended March
31, 1999 and the March 31, 1999 aggregate value of unexercised options held by
each of the Named Executive Officers.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                    Number of Securities        Value of Unexercised
                                                                   Underlying Unexercised       in-the-Money Options
                                                                     Options at Fiscal         at Fiscal Year End ($)
                                                                     ------------------        -----------------------
                                     Shares                           Year-End (#)(1)                 (1)(2)
                                     ------                          -----------------               --------
                                   acquired on         Value           Exercisable/                 Exercisable/
                                   -----------         -----           -------------                -------------
                                   exercise(#)      Realized ($)       Unexercisable                Unexercisable
                                   -----------      ------------       -------------                -------------

<S>                                  <C>               <C>       <C>          <C>            <C>            <C>
Robert J. Fabbricatore.........        --               --          89,806      168,750         445,384       266,625
Steven C. Jones(3).............        --               --         150,000      150,000         796,875       796,875
Steven P. Milton...............        --               --          79,750      131,250         501,482       312,019
David E. Mahan.................        --               --         100,000      100,000         605,265       474,645
John D. Pittenger..............        --               --          58,000       57,000         420,096       216,360

</TABLE>

- -------------
(1) All shares and amounts, as necessary, have been adjusted to reflect the 25%
    common stock dividend effected in March 1995, the three-for-two stock split
    effected in July 1995 and the two-for-one stock split effected in October
    1995.
(2) Assumes a fair market value of the Common Stock at March 31, 1999 of $12.375
    per share.
(3) In connection with Mr. Jones resignation in April 1999, we vested an
    additional 37,500 options and extended the exercise period of his vested
    options until April 21, 2004.

                                      -61-
<PAGE>

Certain Relationships And Related Transactions


            We lease from a trust, of which Robert J. Fabbricatore, our Chairman
and Chief Executive Officer, is a beneficiary, office space in Springfield,
Massachusetts. Until March 1, 1999 we also leased from another trust, of which
Robert J. Fabbricatore is a beneficiary, office space in southern New Hampshire.
Rental payments under the leases totaled approximately $391,000 for the last
three fiscal years. We sublease part of our Waltham facility at our cost to
Comm-Tract Corp., a company in which Mr. Fabbricatore is a principal
stockholder. Sublease income totaled $306,125 for the last three fiscal years.
We also contract with Comm-Tract Corp. for the installation of telephone lines
and for the service and maintenance of equipment marketed by CTC Communications.
During the last three fiscal years, Comm-Tract Corp. provided us with services,
inventory and equipment totaling $829,222. We believe that the payments to the
trusts and Comm-Tract Corp. are comparable to the costs for such services,
inventory and equipment, and for rentals of similar facilities, which we would
be required to pay to unaffiliated individuals in arms-length transactions.


            Carl Redfield, one of our directors, is an executive officer of
Cisco. We have purchased, and expect to continue purchasing, most of our network
equipment from Cisco. Also, we have entered into a vendor facility with Cisco
Capital, an affiliate of Cisco. See "Description of Senior Secured Facilities".

            Ralph Sillari, one of our directors, is an Executive Vice President
of Fleet National Bank. We have entered into a senior secured credit facility
with Fleet National Bank. See "Description of Senior Secured Facilities."


            Katherine D. Courage, one of our directors, is a Managing Director
of Credit Suisse First Boston, one of the underwriters of the offering. Ms.
Courage is also a director of NorthEast Optic Network. We have commitments with
NorthEast Optic Network for the provision of leased transmission facilities.

            Goldman Sachs Credit Partners, L.P., a beneficial owner of more than
five percent of our common stock, is a lender under our senior secured credit
facility. See "Description of Senior Secured Facilities."

            Ralph S. Troupe, one of our directors, is Vice President of North
American Field Operations, East at International Network Services, or INS. We
have engaged INS to design, engineer and build out our network in our existing
markets. We have outstanding commitments to INS of approximately $1 million.


                   Description of Senior Secured Facilities


Fleet/Goldman Credit Facility

            As of September 1, 1998, we entered into a senior secured credit
facility with Goldman Sachs Credit Partners, L.P., or GSCP, and Fleet National
Bank, or Fleet. GSCP and Fleet provided us with a three-year senior secured
credit facility consisting of revolving loans in the aggregate amount of up to
$75 million. Advances under the facility bear interest at 1.75% over the prime
rate. Advances under the facility are secured by a first priority perfected
security interest on all of our assets, except that we have the ability to
exclude assets we acquire through purchase money financing. In addition, we are
required to pay a commitment fee of 0.5% per annum on any unused amounts under
the facility. We are also required to pay a monthly line fee of $150,000 per
month. In connection with this credit facility we issued to Goldman Sachs & Co.
warrants to purchase 662,600 shares of our common stock and to Fleet National
Bank warrants to purchase 311,812 shares of our common stock. We may borrow $15
million unconditionally and $60 million based on trailing 120 days accounts
receivable collections, reducing to the trailing 90 days of collections by March
31, 2000. If we wish to prepay the loan during the first 18 months we must pay a
prepayment penalty of 2% of the aggregate amount of the facility. As of March
31, 1999, we had borrowed $36,145,000 under this credit facility.

                                      -62-
<PAGE>

            Under this credit facility, we have agreed, among other things, to
maintain minimum quarterly net revenues, to achieve minimum EBITDA targets for
rolling six-month periods measured at the end of each fiscal quarter and to
achieve a minimum quarterly target of provisioned ALEs.

            We have also agreed that we will not, without the prior written
consent of the lenders, with various exceptions:

 .          create, incur or assume any secured indebtedness,

 .          create, incur or assume any liens,

 .          enter into any merger, consolidation, reorganization,
           recapitalization or reclassification of our stock,

 .          sell, lease, assign, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of our
           assets,

 .          declare or pay any cash dividends or purchase, acquire or redeem any
           of our stock,

 .          make, acquire or incur any liabilities in connection with the
           acquisition of any entity or the acquisition of all or substantially
           all of the assets of any entity,

 .          make capital expenditures in excess of $32 million for the period
           from September 1, 1998 to March 31, 2000 and $87 million for the
           period from April 1, 2000 through September 1, 2001.

           Events of default under this credit facility include:

 .          failure to make payments on the loan,

 .          failure to observe various covenants,

 .          insolvency proceedings,

 .          the filing of any governmental liens in an amount exceeding $2
           million,

 .          the filing of any judgment liens in an amount exceeding $2 million,

 .          default on a material agreement with obligations exceeding $2
           million,

 .          payment of any subordinated indebtedness, except as specifically
           permitted,

 .          any material misrepresentation or misstatement in any warranty or
           representation,

 .          the limitation or termination of any guaranty, or

 .          the occurrence of a change of control, except in connection with the
           reorganization.


Cisco Capital Vendor Facility

            On October 14, 1998, we entered into a three-year vendor facility
for up to $25 million with Cisco Capital. We have agreed to a three year, $25
million total volume purchase commitment of Cisco equipment and services. Cisco
Capital has agreed to advance funds as these purchases occur. We can also use
the facility for working capital costs associated with the integration and
operation of Cisco solutions and related peripherals.

                                      -63-
<PAGE>

            Under the terms of the vendor facility and an intercreditor
agreement between Cisco Capital and GSCP, we have agreed to give Cisco Capital a
senior security interest in all products Cisco provides to us or other products
purchased with the proceeds of the first $15 million advanced under the facility
and a subordinate security interest in all of our other assets. We are required
to repay 5% of the outstanding amount of the first $15 million of indebtedness
advanced under the facility at the end of each of the ninth, tenth and eleventh
quarterly periods during the term of the facility. We are required to pay
interest on funds advanced under the facility at an annual rate of 12.5%. In
addition to other amounts, we are also required to pay a commitment fee of .50%
per annum on any unused amounts under the facility.

            This vendor facility limits or restricts, except as permitted under
our senior secured credit facility and other than other various exceptions, our
ability to: merge with or acquire all of the assets of any entity; sell or
dispose of assets; purchase or otherwise acquire the capital stock or assets of
any person, or extend any credit to any person; declare or pay any cash
dividends; or redeem or purchase any capital stock.

            This vendor facility also limits or restricts, among other things,
our ability to: incur additional indebtedness; amend, modify or waive some
provisions of our senior secured facility; voluntarily repay any subordinated
debt; or amend or modify any document or instrument governing subordinated debt.
Events of default under the vendor facility include:

 .          failure to make payments on the loan,

 .          any representation or warranty is incorrect when made or deemed made,

 .          failure to perform or observe our covenants,

 .          insolvency proceedings,

 .          failure to pay any amounts due or observe any covenants under our
           senior secured facility or other indebtedness in an amount over $2
           million which failure results in the acceleration of such
           indebtedness,

 .          failure to pay under, or be in breach of, any other agreement with
           Cisco, Cisco Capital, or their subsidiaries,

 .          failure of any guarantor to perform or observe any covenant contained
           in any guaranty,

 .          any event of default in any other loan documents as defined therein,

 .          revocation of any consent, authorization or other approval necessary
           to enable us to borrow under the vendor facility,

 .          the occurrence of a change of control, as defined therein,

 .          any payment of indebtedness subordinated to the vendor facility,
           except as expressly permitted,

 .          the entrance of various judgments against us.


Toronto Dominion (Texas), Inc. Facility


            In March 1999, we entered into a Loan Agreement with Toronto
Dominion (Texas), Inc., or TD, to provide an unsecured standby credit facility
for up to $30 million for capital expenditures and other general corporate
purposes. Under the terms of the this standby facility, $10 million is
immediately available and the


                                      -64-
<PAGE>


remaining $20 million will become available if we raise an additional $5 million
in proceeds from the issuance of common or preferred equity. We must pay a
commitment fee of $450,000. Additional commitment fees are payable if the
standby facility is still outstanding on the dates six months, nine months and
one year after the closing. In addition, we pay a quarterly availability fee on
unfunded amounts and a funding fee if we draw on the standby facility. Draws
under the standby facility will initially bear interest at 7.00% over the
three-month US Dollar deposit LIBOR rate and increase quarterly thereafter. We
issued warrants to purchase 69,216 shares of CTC Communication's common stock at
$11,8125 per share to TD as part of the transaction and we may issue contingent
warrants to purchase up to 573,913 shares of common stock at $11.8125 per share
to TD if advances under the facility are outstanding six months after the
closing. We must repay draws with the proceeds from future issuances of equity
or debt securities or from future bank financings. To date, we have not utilized
the facility.



                        Federal Income Tax Consequences


            The following discussion summarizes the material United States
federal income tax consequences of the exchange of shares of CTC Communications
common stock for shares of CTC Group common stock and the exchange of shares of
CTC Communications Series A convertible preferred stock for shares of CTC Group
Series A convertible preferred stock pursuant to the plan of reorganization and
does not address the tax consequences of any related transactions. This
discussion is based on currently existing provisions of the Internal Revenue
Code of 1986, as amended, or the "Code", currently applicable Treasury
Regulations, published administrative rulings, and court decisions, all of which
are subject to change. Any change, which may or may not be retroactive, could
alter these tax consequences.


            You should be aware that this discussion does not address all United
States federal income tax considerations that may be relevant to you in light of
your particular circumstances, such as if you are a dealer in securities, bank,
insurance company, tax-exempt organization or a foreign person, subject to the
alternative minimum tax provisions of the Code or hold your shares as part of a
hedging, straddle, conversion or other risk reduction or constructive sale
transaction. This discussion does not deal with all United States federal income
tax considerations that may be relevant to you if you acquired shares in
connection with employee stock options or stock purchase plans or in other
compensatory transactions. In addition, the following discussion does not
address the tax consequences of the reorganization under foreign, state or local
tax laws or the tax consequences of any other transactions effected concurrently
with, prior to, or after the reorganization (whether or not such transactions
are in connection with the reorganization). We urge you to consult with your own
tax advisors as to the specific consequences of the reorganization to you,
including the applicable federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences of
the reorganization to you in your particular circumstances. The following
discussion is based on an opinion of the Law Offices of Leonard R. Glass, P.A.


            We intend that the proposed reorganization constitute a
reorganization within the meaning of Section 368(a) of the Code. The following
federal income tax consequences should result from the reorganization:

                        (a) You will not recognize gain or loss upon the receipt
            of CTC Group common stock solely in exchange for CTC Communications
            common stock or the receipt of CTC Group Series A convertible
            preferred stock solely in exchange for CTC Communications Series A
            convertible preferred stock in the reorganization.

                        (b) Your aggregate tax basis in your CTC Group common
            stock or CTC Group Series A convertible preferred stock after the
            reorganization will be the same as the aggregate tax basis of your
            CTC Communications common stock or CTC Communications Series A
            convertible preferred stock.

                        (c) If you hold your CTC Communications common stock or
            CTC Communications Series A convertible preferred stock as a capital
            asset at the effective time of the reorganization, your holding
            period for your CTC Group common stock or CTC Group Series A
            convertible preferred stock received in the

                                      -65-
<PAGE>

            reorganization will include the period for which you held or the IRS
            would consider you to have held for tax purposes, the CTC
            Communications common stock or CTC Communications Series A
            convertible preferred stock.

                        (d) If you perfect your appraisal rights under law and
            receive payment for your stock in cash and do not own any shares of
            CTC Group stock, actually or constructively, following the receipt
            of the cash, you will recognize capital gain or loss, measured by
            the difference between the amount of your cash received and your
            basis in the stock.

            Neither CTC Communications nor CTC Group has requested a ruling from
the Internal Revenue Service regarding any of the federal income tax
consequences of the reorganization. Neither CTC Communications nor CTC Group has
requested an opinion of counsel regarding any of the federal income tax
consequences of the reorganization.


                          Securities Act Consequences


            All of the shares of common stock and preferred stock acquired in
the reorganization will be freely transferable except for any shares that may be
held by our "affiliates". The Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the
"Securities Act," defines "affiliates" to be stockholders of CTC Communications
who control, are controlled by or are under common control with CTC
Communications or CTC Group. Affiliates of CTC Communications may not sell their
shares of CTC Group common stock or preferred stock acquired in the
reorganization except pursuant to

 .          an effective registration statement under the Securities Act covering
           such shares,

 .          the resale provisions of Rule 145 under the Securities Act or

 .          another applicable exemption from the registration requirements of
           the Securities Act.

Rule 145 restricts how affiliates may sell CTC Group common stock or preferred
stock and also restricts the number of shares of CTC Group common stock or
preferred stock that such affiliates may sell within any three-month period.


                         Transfer Agent and Registrar


            CTC Group's and CTC Communication's Transfer Agent and Registrar is
State Street Bank and Trust Company, Boston, Massachusetts.



                             Independent Auditors

The financial statements of CTC Communications Corp. at March 31, 1999 and 1998,
and for each of the three years in the period ended March 31, 1999, appearing in
this document have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent auditors, as
set forth in their report appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in
reliance upon such report given upon the authority of such firm as experts in
accounting and auditing.

We expect that a representative of Ernst & Young LLP will be present at the
meeting. The representative will have the opportunity to make a statement if he
or she desires to do so and will be available to respond to questions.

                                Legal Matters

The validity of the shares offered hereby will be passed upon for CTC-Group and
certain tax matters will be passed upon for CTC Communications by the Law
Offices of Leonard R. Glass, P.A., Tenafly, New Jersey. Mr. Glass may be deemed
the beneficial owner of approximately 2% of our outstanding shares of common
stock.

                                      -66-
<PAGE>


                            Expense of Solicitation

CTC Communications will bear all costs connected with the solicitation of
proxies. We will reimburse brokers and other persons holding stock for the
benefit of others for their expenses in forwarding proxies and accompanying
material to the beneficial owners of such stock and obtaining their proxies. We
will solicit proxies by mail, telephone, telegraph or otherwise, and some of the
directors, officers and regular employees of the company may assist in the
solicitation without additional compensation. We do not expect to incur more
than $10,000 of solicitation expenses. We have not incurred any solicitation
expenses to date.

                           Stockholders' Proposals


            If you wish to present a proposal to be voted on at the 1999 annual
meeting of stockholders, you must, at the time the proposal is submitted:

 .          be a record or beneficial owner of at least one (1%) percent or two
           thousand ($2,000.00) dollars in market value of the class of
           securities entitled to vote at the meeting;

 .          have held such securities for at least one (1) year; and

 .          continue to own such securities through the date on which the 1999
           annual meeting is held.

To be included in the management proxy statement, your proposal must be received
at our executive offices no later than June 25, 1999. Under our by-laws,
stockholders who wish to make a proposal at the 1999 annual meeting -other than
one that will be included in the management proxy statement - must notify us no
earlier than August 18, 1999 and no later than September 17, 1999. If you fail
to notify us of such a proposal by September 17, 1999, then the proxies that
management solicits for the 1999 annual meeting will include discretionary
authority to vote on any such proposal in the event it is properly brought
before the meeting. We suggest that you submit any proposal by certified mail,
return receipt requested, to remove any question as to the date on which a
proposal is received by the board of directors.



                Other Matters That May Come Before the Meeting


            The board of directors knows of no other matters which may be
presented at the special meeting, but if other matters do properly come before
the special meeting, the board intends that the persons named in the Proxy will
vote according to their best judgment.

            We request you to date, sign and return the proxy in the enclosed
postage-paid envelope. If you attend the special meeting, you may revoke your
proxy at that time and vote in person if you so desire, otherwise your proxy
will be voted for you.

                                      -67-
<PAGE>


                            CTC Communications Corp.

                          Index to Financial Statements


                          Audited Financial Statements



Report of Independent Auditors...........................................   F-2
Balance Sheets as of March 31, 1999 and 1998.............................   F-3
Statements of Operations for the years ended
  March 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997 .........................................   F-4
Statements of Stockholders' Equity for the years ended
  March 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997 .........................................   F-5
Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended
  March 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997 .........................................   F-6
Notes to Financial Statements............................................   F-8







                                      F-1
<PAGE>


                         Report of Independent Auditors


Board of Directors
CTC Communications Corp.


       We have audited the accompanying financial statements of CTC
Communications Corp., as of March 31, 1999 and 1998 , and the related statements
of operations, stockholders' equity (deficit), and cash flows for each of the
three years in the period ended March 31, 1999. These financial statements are
the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express
an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

       We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.


       In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present
fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of CTC Communications
Corp. at March 31, 1999 and 1998, and the results of its operations and its
cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended March 31, 1999, in
conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.


                                                   Ernst & Young LLP


May 19, 1999

Boston, Massachusetts



                                      F-2
<PAGE>


                            CTC Communications Corp.
                                 Balance Sheets

<TABLE>
                                                                                             March 31
                                                                                  -------------------------------
                                                                                       1999               1998
                                                                                  ------------       ------------
<S>                                                                               <C>                <C>
Assets
Current assets:
       Cash and cash equivalents ...........................................      $  2,254,258       $  2,167,930

       Accounts receivable, less allowance for doubtful accounts of
           $1,717,000 and $492,000 in 1999 and 1998, respectively...........        19,200,931         17,288,183
          Prepaid commissions ..............................................         2,500,000            287,300
          Prepaid expenses and other current assets ........................         1,022,198            504,436
       Amounts due from officers and employees .............................            55,572             84,754
       Income taxes receivable ...............................................         2,512,310          2,152,579
                                                                                  ------------       ------------
Total current assets .......................................................        27,545,269         22,485,182

 Plant and equipment:
       Plant and equipment .................................................        49,417,689         13,376,970
       Accumulated depreciation and amortization ...........................       (11,959,766)        (6,837,683)
                                                                                  ------------       ------------

                                                                                    37,457,923          6,539,287
Deferred income taxes ......................................................              --            1,834,000
Deferred financing costs, net of amortization ..............................         4,294,568               --
Other assets ...............................................................           104,085            108,885
                                                                                  ------------       ------------
                                                                                  $ 69,401,845       $ 30,967,354
                                                                                  ============       ============

Liabilities and stockholders' equity (deficit)
Current liabilities:
       Accounts payable and accrued expenses ...............................      $ 27,439,488       $  8,958,476

       Accrued salaries and related taxes ..................................         1,656,367            756,159
       Current portion of obligations under capital leases .................         3,230,077            231,796
       Current portion of  notes payable ...................................         1,705,141          1,196,400
                                                                                  ------------       ------------
Total current liabilities ..................................................        34,031,073         11,142,831

Obligations under capital leases, net of current portion ...................         8,004,366          1,114,277
Note payable, net of current portion .......................................        53,917,603          7,130,671

Commitments and contingencies

Series A Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock -- par value $1.00
          per share; authorized 1,000,000 shares,  726,631 and
          0 shares issued and outstanding at March 31, 1999 and
          1998, respectively (liquidation preference $18,640,023 at
          March 31, 1999) ..................................................        12,949,129

Stockholders' (deficit) equity:
          Common Stock, par value $.01 per share; authorized 25,000,000
            shares, 10,352,513 and 9,980,661  shares  issued and outstanding
            at March 31, 1999 and  1998 respectively .......................           103,525             99,806

       Additional paid-in capital ..........................................         7,082,632          5,245,704
       Deferred compensation ...............................................          (212,410)          (318,410)
       Retained earnings (deficit) .........................................       (46,443,048)         6,688,300
                                                                                   (39,469,301)        11,715,400
       Amounts due from stockholders .......................................           (31,025)          (135,825)
Total stockholders' (deficit) equity .......................................       (39,500,326)        11,579,575
                                                                                  ------------       ------------
                                                                                  $ 69,401,845       $ 30,967,354
                                                                                  ============       ============
</TABLE>



                             See accompanying notes.


                                      F-3
<PAGE>


                            CTC Communications Corp.

                            Statements of Operations

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        Year Ended March 31
                                                         -----------------------------------------------------
                                                              1999                1998                1997
                                                         -------------       -------------       -------------

<S>                                                      <C>                 <C>                 <C>
Revenues:
       Telecommunications revenue .................      $  70,963,692       $  16,171,716       $  11,094,838
       Agency commission revenue ..................               --            24,775,420          29,195,261
                                                            70,963,692          40,947,136          40,290,099
Operating costs and expenses:
       Cost of telecommunications revenues ........         61,865,904          14,038,565           8,709,122
       Selling, general and administrative expenses         57,663,458          31,491,963          23,819,714
                                                           119,529,362          45,530,528          32,528,836

Income (loss) from operations .....................        (48,565,670)         (4,583,392)          7,761,263


Other income (expense):

       Interest income ............................            184,312             145,012             201,369
       Interest expense ...........................         (5,219,350)           (106,465)            (17,753)
       Other ......................................             77,724             174,395              15,052
                                                            (4,957,314)            212,942             198,668

Earnings (loss) before income taxes ...............        (53,522,984)         (4,370,450)          7,959,931


Income tax expense (benefit) ......................         (1,527,000)         (1,486,000)          3,277,000

Net income (loss) .................................      $ (51,995,984)      $  (2,884,450)      $   4,682,931


Net (loss) earnings per common share:
       Basic ......................................      $       (5.24)      $       (0.29)      $        0.49
       Diluted ....................................      $       (5.24)      $       (0.29)      $        0.43


Weighted average number of shares used in
  computing net income (loss) per common share:

       Basic ......................................         10,130,701           9,886,000           9,600,000
       Diluted ....................................         10,130,701           9,886,000          10,773,000

</TABLE>



                             See accompanying notes.



                                      F-4
<PAGE>

                            CTC Communications Corp.

                       Statements of Stockholders' Equity
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 Additional                     Retained                   Amounts
                                                   Paid-In        Deferred      Earnings   Treasury       Due From
                             Common Stock          Capital      Compensation    (Deficit)    Stock      Stockholders     Total
                         --------------------      -------      ------------    ---------    -----      ------------     -----
                         Shares     Par Value
                         ------     ---------
<S>                    <C>          <C>           <C>            <C>          <C>             <C>        <C>          <C>
Balance at March 31,
    1996 .............  9,584,122    $  95,841    $ 4,644,988    $     --     $  4,889,819    $    --    $(135,825)   $  9,494,823
                       ==========    =========    ===========    =========    ============    ========   =========    ============

   Issuance of stock
      pursuant to
      employee stock
      purchase plan ..      8,714           87         70,088         --                                                    70,175

   Exercise of
      employee
      stock options ..     36,571          366         43,378         --                                                    43,744
   Net income ........                                                           4,682,931                               4,682,931
                       ----------    ---------    -----------    ---------    ------------    --------   ---------    ------------
Balance at March 31,
   1997 ..............  9,629,407       96,294      4,758,454         --         9,572,750        --      (135,825)     14,291,673
                       ==========    =========    ===========    =========    ============    ========   =========    ============

   Issuance of stock
      pursuant to
      employee stock
      purchase plan ..      9,844           98         71,662         --              --          --          --            71,760

   Exercise of
      employee
      stock options ..    376,387        3,764        347,222         --              --          --          --           350,986

   Acquisition of
      treasury stock .       --           --             --           --              --      (271,072)       --          (271,072)

   Retirement of
      treasury stock .    (34,977)        (350)      (270,722)        --              --       271,072        --

   Deferred
      compensation ...       --           --          339,088     (318,410)           --          --          --            20,678
   Net loss ..........                                                          (2,884,450)                             (2,884,450)
                       ----------    ---------    -----------    ---------    ------------    --------   ---------    ------------
Balance at March 31,
   1998 ..............  9,980,661       99,806      5,245,704     (318,410)      6,688,300        --      (135,825)     11,579,575
                       ==========    =========    ===========    =========    ============    ========   =========    ============

   Issuance of stock
      pursuant to
      employee stock
      purchase plan ..     14,700          147         98,252         --              --          --          --            98,399
   Exercise of
      employee
      stock options ..    366,482        3,665        235,806         --              --          --       (31,025)        208,446
   Acquisition of
      treasury stock .       --           --             --           --              --      (107,462)       --          (107,462)
   Retirement of
      treasury stock .     (9,330)         (93)      (107,369)        --              --       107,462        --              --
   Deferred
      compensation ...       --           --             --        106,000            --          --          --           106,000
Receipt of amounts
   due from
   stockholders ......       --           --             --           --              --          --       135,825         135,825
Issuance of common
   stock purchase
   warrants ..........       --           --        1,610,239         --              --          --          --         1,610,239
Preferred stock
   dividend ..........       --           --             --           --        (1,079,364)       --          --        (1,079,364)
Accretion of
   offering costs
   related to
   redeemable
   convertible
   preferred stock ...       --           --             --           --           (28,000)       --          --           (28,000)
Accretion of warrants
   related to
   redeemable
   Convertible
   Preferred Stock ...       --           --             --           --           (28,000)       --          --           (28,000)
   Net loss ..........       --           --             --           --       (51,995,984)       --          --       (51,995,984)
                       ----------    ---------    -----------    ---------    ------------    --------   ---------    ------------
Balance at March 31,
   1999 .............. 10,352,513    $ 103,525    $ 7,082,632    $(212,410)   $(46,443,048)       --     $ (31,025)   $(39,500,326)
                       ==========    =========    ===========    =========    ============    ========   =========    ============
</TABLE>

                             See accompanying notes.

                                      F-5
<PAGE>



                            CTC Communications Corp.

                            Statements of Cash Flows

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                         Year Ended March 31,
                                                                           --------------------------------------------------
                                                                                1999               1998               1997
                                                                           ------------       ------------       ------------
<S>                                                                        <C>                <C>                <C>
Operating Activities
       Net income (loss) ............................................      $(51,995,984)      $ (2,884,450)      $  4,682,931
       Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to
         net cash (used in) provided by operating activities:
              Depreciation ..........................................         3,785,827          1,283,509           742,895
              Amortization ..........................................         2,440,217            134,357               --
              Provision for doubtful accounts .......................         4,988,698          1,421,000            316,669
              Deferred income taxes .................................         1,834,000         (1,268,000)          (289,000)
              Stock-based compensation ..............................           106,000             20,678               --
              Gain on sale of plant and equipment ...................              --             (143,333)              --


       Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
              Accounts receivable ...................................        (6,901,446)        (7,804,363)        (4,664,260)
              Prepaid commission ....................................        (2,212,700)              --                 --
              Prepaid expenses and other current assets .............          (517,762)          (382,937)          (123,789)
              Amounts due from officers and employees ...............            29,182               --                 --
              Income taxes receivable ...............................          (359,731)        (2,152,579)            21,125
              Other assets ..........................................        (3,831,046)             4,800              4,800

              Accounts payable and accrued expenses .................        18,481,012          4,052,394          2,657,149
              Accrued salaries and related taxes ....................           900,208               --                 --
              Accrued income taxes ..................................              --             (225,948)           225,948
              Deferred revenue and other ............................              --               (6,588)            (2,714)

       Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities ..........       (33,253,525)        (7,951,460)         3,571,754


Investing Activity

       Additions to property and equipment ..........................        (6,282,234)        (4,765,025)        (1,221,879)
       Net cash used in investing activity ..........................        (6,282,234)        (4,765,025)        (1,221,879)

Financing Activities
Proceeds from issuance of Series A Redeemable

Convertible Preferred Stock net of offering costs ...................      $ 11,861,321               --                 --
Proceeds from issuance of common stock ..............................           230,408            151,674            113,919

Amounts due from stockholders, net ..................................           104,800               --                 --
Borrowings under notes payable ......................................      $ 51,455,924          8,327,071               --
Repayment of notes payable ..........................................       (23,171,071)              --                 --
Repayment of capital obligations ....................................          (859,295)              --                 --
Cash paid for fractional shares in connection with stock splits .....              --                 --                 --

Net cash provided by financing activities ...........................        39,622,087          8,478,745            113,919

Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents ....................            86,328         (4,237,740)         2,463,794
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year ......................         2,167,930          6,405,670          3,941,876
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year ............................      $  2,254,258       $  2,167,930       $  6,405,670


Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:
Cash paid for interest ..............................................      $  2,666,613       $     57,886       $     16,253
Cash paid (received) for income taxes ...............................      $ (3,001,000)      $  2,160,527       $  3,319,000
Noncash investing and financing activities:
Receipt of common stock in exercise of stock options in lieu ........      $    107,462       $    271,072       $       --
  of cash
Computer equipment acquired under capital leases ....................      $ 10,747,665       $  1,343,573       $       --
Computer equipment licenses acquired under note payable .............      $  3,900,007       $       --         $       --
Computer equipment acquired under note payable ......................      $ 15,110,748       $       --         $       --
Common stock purchase warrants issued in connection with
  notes payable and Series A Redeemable Convertible
  Preferred Stock....................................................      $  1,702,683       $       --         $       --
</TABLE>




                             See accompanying notes.


                                      F-6
<PAGE>


                            CTC Communications Corp.
                          Notes to Financial Statements

                                 March 31, 1999

1. Nature of Business


    The Company

       CTC Communications Corp. (the "Company") is an integrated communications
provider ("ICP"), which offers voice and data services predominately to small to
medium-sized business customers in New England and New York state. Prior to
becoming an ICP in January 1998, the Company was a sales agent primarily for
Bell Atlantic Corp. (Bell Atlantic) since 1984. The Company has also offered
long distance and data services under its own brand name since 1994. In late
1998, the Company began deploying a packet-switched network in its existing
markets. The Company operates in a single industry segment providing
telecommunication service to small to mid-sized business customers.

       As the Company continues to deploy its network, further penetrate its
existing region and expands into new markets throughout the Boston --Washington,
D.C. corridor, the Company will need significant additional capital. The Company
believes that the proceeds of the $5 million Spectrum option described in Note 7
below, the availability under the standby facility with Toronto Dominion
described in Note 7 below together with cash on hand, the proceeds of our lease
and vendor financing arrangements and the amounts we expect to be available
under our credit and vendor facilities will be sufficient to fund its planned
capital expenditures, working capital and operating losses for at least the next
12 months. During this period the Company will seek to raise additional capital
through the issuance of debt and possibly equity securities, the timing of which
will depend on market conditions. The Company may also seek to raise additional
capital through vendor financing, equipment lease financing and bank loans.

       There can be no assurances that additional financing will be available on
terms acceptable to the Company when needed. The agreements governing its
existing indebtedness limit its ability to obtain debt financing. If the Company
is unable to obtain financing when needed, it may delay or abandon its
development and expansion plans. That could have a material adverse effect on
its business, results of operations and financial condition. The actual timing
and amount of its capital requirements may be materially affected by various
factors, including the timing and actual cost of the network, the timing and
cost of its expansion into new markets, the extent of competition and pricing of
telecommunications services by others in its markets, the demand by customers
for its services, technological change and potential acquisitions.

2.  Summary of Significant Accounting Policies


    Cash and Cash Equivalents


       The Company considers all highly liquid investments with original
maturities of three months or less as cash equivalents.

        Plant and Equipment

       Plant and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation
and amortization. The Company accounts for internal use software under the
provisions of AICPA Statement of Position 98-1 "Accounting for the Costs of
Computer Software Developed or Obtained for Internal Use" ("SOP 98-1), is
completed. Amortization commences at the point that the software components are
substantially complete and ready for their intended use. A significant portion
of the network and related equipment costs are subject to the risk of rapid
technological change. Accordingly, the Company's useful lives and depreciation
policies reflect this risk. Depreciation and amortization is provided using a
combination of straight-line and accelerated methods over the following
estimated useful lives:

            Furniture, fixture, and equipment. . . . . . . . . . 3-5 years
            Computer equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5 years

       Leasehold improvements and assets under capital lease are amortized over
the lesser of the lease term or the useful life of the property, usually 3-5
years.

       Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

       In accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS")
No. 121, "Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived
Assets to be Disposed Of" ("SFAS No. 121"), the Company reviews its long-lived
assets, including plant and equipment, and identifiable intangibles for
impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the
carrying amount of the assets may not be fully recoverable. To determine
recoverability of its long-lived assets, the Company evaluates the probability
that future undiscounted net cash flows, without interest charges, will be less
than the carrying amount of the assets. Impairment is measured at fair value.
SFAS No. 121 had no effect on the Company's financial statements.

                                      F-7
<PAGE>

       Revenue Recognition


       Telecommunications revenues is recognized as the usage accrues on the
network. Agency revenues are recognized when ordered and, if commissions are
based on usage, revenues are recognized as earned. Provisions for cancellations
are made at the time revenue is recognized and actual experience prior to the
developments described in Note 4, has consistently been within management's
estimates.

       Deferred Financing Costs

       In connection with certain financing arrangements consummated during the
year end March 31, 1999, the Company capitalized $5,398,529 of deferred
financing costs. These costs represent professional and debt obligation fees,
including the volume of common stock purchase warrants issued to lenders, and
are being amortized over the life of the respective agreements. For the year
ended March 31, 1999, the Company recorded amortization of $1,103,961 related to
deferred financing costs.


       Income Taxes


       The Company provides for income taxes under the liability method
prescribed by SFAS No. 109, "Accounting for Income Taxes". Under this method,
deferred income taxes are recognized for the future tax consequences of
differences between the tax and financial accounting bases of assets and
liabilities at each year end. Deferred income taxes are based on enacted tax
laws and statutory tax rates applicable to the periods in which the differences
are expected to affect taxable income. Valuation allowances are established when
necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amounts expected to be realized.




       Earnings Per Share


       In 1997, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued SFAS
No. 128 "Earnings per Share" ("SFAS No. 128"). SFAS No. 128 replaced the
calculation of primary and fully diluted earnings per share with basic and
diluted earnings per share. Unlike primary earnings per share, basic earnings
per share excludes any dilutive effects of options, warrants and convertible
securities. Diluted earnings per share is similar to the previously reported
fully diluted earnings per share. All income (loss) per share amounts for all
periods have been presented, and where appropriate, restated to conform to the
SFAS No. 128 requirements.


Risks and Uncertainties

       Concentration of Credit Risk


       Financial instruments which potentially subject the Company to a
concentration of credit risk principally consist of cash , cash equivalents and
accounts receivable. Concentration of credit risk with respect to accounts
receivable in fiscal 1999 was minimized by the large number of customers across
the Northeastern and Mid-Atlantic states. The Company reduces its risk of loss
through periodic review of customer creditworthiness and generally does not
require collateral. The carrying amount of cash and cash equivalents and
accounts receivable approximates fair value due to the short maturity of those
investments.


       Significant Estimates and Assumptions


       The financial statements have been prepared in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles. The preparation of financial statements in
conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to
make significant estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of
assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at
the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and
expenses during the reporting period. Significant estimates and assumptions made
by management affect the Company's allowance for doubtful accounts, cancellation
of orders and certain accrued expenses. Actual results could differ from those
estimates.


                                      F-8
<PAGE>


       Accounting for Stock  Options

       The Company grants stock options for a fixed number of shares to
employees with an exercise price equal to the fair value of the shares at the
date of the grant. The Company has elected to follow Accounting Principles Board
Opinion No. 25, "Accounting for Stock Issues to Employees" ("APB No. 25") and
related Interpretations in accounting for its employee stock options because the
alternative fair value accounting provided for under SFAS No. 123, "Accounting
for Stock-Based Compensation" ("SFAS No. 123"), requires use of option valuation
models that were not developed for use in valuing employee stock options. Under
APB No. 25, because the exercise price of the Company's employee stock options
equals the market price of the underlying stock on the date of grant, no
compensation expense is recognized.

       Stock options and other stock based awards to non-employees are
accounting for based on the provisions of SFAS No. 123.

       Leases

       Leases (in which the Company is lessee) which transfer substantially all
of the risks and benefits of ownership are classified as capital leases, and
assets and liabilities are recorded at amounts equal to the lesser of the
present value of the minimum lease payments or the fair value of the leased
properties at the beginning of the respective lease terms. Interest expense
relating to the lease liabilities is recorded to effect constant rates of
interest over the terms of the lease. Leases which do not meet such criteria are
classified as operating leases and the related rentals are charged to expense as
incurred.

       Recent Accounting Pronouncements

       During 1998, SFAS No. 133, "Accounting for Derivative Instruments and
Hedging Activities" ("SFAS No. 133") was issued. SFAS No. 133 requires companies
to record derivatives on the balance sheet as assets or liabilities, measured at
fair value. Gains or losses resulting from changes in the values of those
derivatives would be accounted for depending on the use of the derivative and
whether it qualifies for hedge accounting. SFAS No. 133 is effective beginning
in 2000. The adoption of SFAS No. 133 is not expected to have a material impact
on the financial position or of results of operations of the Company.

3.     Plant and Equipment

       Plant and equipment, at cost, and related accumulated description
balances as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  March 31,
                                        ----------------------------
                                            1999             1998
                                        -----------      -----------
<S>                                     <C>              <C>
Furniture, fixtures, and equipment      $ 4,358,950      $ 3,246,237
Computer equipment ...............       31,309,749        7,946,704
Leasehold improvements ...........        1,657,752          840,456
Assets under capital leases ......       12,091,238        1,343,573
                                        -----------      -----------
                                         49,417,689       13,376,970
Less accumulated
  depreciation and amortization ..      (11,959,766)      (6,837,683)
                                        -----------      -----------
                                        $37,457,923      $ 6,539,287
                                        ===========      ===========
</TABLE>


 4.    Bell Atlantic Litigation

       In December 1997, the Company terminated its agency contract and filed
suit against Bell Atlantic in Federal District Court for breach of contract,
including the failure of Bell Atlantic to pay approximately $11,500,000 of
agency commissions owed to the Company. The Company also asserted violations by
Bell Atlantic of the antitrust laws and Telecommunications Act. On February 24,
1999 the Company settled the lawsuit. Under terms of the settlement, the Company
received cash and other consideration. As a result of the settlement the Company
wrote off approximately $1,500,000 of accounts receivable. In addition, the
Company paid $1,200,000 of legal costs previously accrued as of March 31, 1998
attributable to the collection effort to recover the Bell Atlantic receivable
and incurred approximately $7.8 million of legal and other expenses during
fiscal year 1999 associated with the litigation.

 5.    Related-Party Transactions

       The installation of certain telecommunications equipment is generally
subcontracted to a company controlled by the Chairman of the Company. In
addition, equipment is purchased from this company. Amounts paid to this company
for hardware and services, based on fair market value , aggregated $499,257,
$232,775 and $97,190 during 1999, 1998 and 1997, respectively.

       The Company leases office space from trusts in which the Chairman is a
beneficiary. Rent expense for these facilities aggregated $125,904, $132,656 and
$132,656 in 1999, 1998 and 1997 , respectively. The leases expire during fiscal
2002.



                                      F-9
<PAGE>



       The Company subleases a part of its corporate facility to a company
controlled by the Chairman of the Company. Terms of the sublease are identical
with those included in the Company's lease. Sublease income totaled $106,293,
$119,416 and $80,416 in 1999, 1998 and 1997 , respectively.

  6.  Accounts Payable and Accrued Expenses


       Accounts payable and accrued expenses consist of the following:



                                                         March 31,
                                                ----------------------------
                                                    1999             1998
                                                -----------      -----------

Trade accounts payable ...................      $17,788,702      $ 5,837,449
Accrued cost of telecommunications revenue        5,475,143        1,171,119
Sales tax payable ........................        3,829,809          688,033
Bell Atlantic litigation .................             --          1,200,000
Other ....................................          345,834           61,875
                                                -----------      -----------
                                                $27,439,488      $ 8,958,476
                                                ===========      ===========

 7.  Financing Arrangements

            In July 1998, the Company consummated a $20 million interim bank
credit facility (the "Interim Credit Facility"). In connection with this
agreement, the Company issued 55,555 warrants to purchase common stock to
Spectrum Equity Investors II, L.P. in consideration for the commitment by
Spectrum that upon the Company's request and expiring June 30, 1999, Spectrum
would purchase $5 million of convertible preferred stock. Borrowings under the
Interim Credit Facility were repaid by proceeds from a revolving line of credit
consummated in September 1998. In September 1998, the Company entered into a
revolving line of credit agreement (the "Revolving Line of Credit") with a
consortium of lenders, providing for a three year senior secured credit facility
of up to $75,000,000.

            Advances under the Revolving Line of Credit bear interest at the
prime rate plus 1.75% per annum. The outstanding debt is secured by all the
Company's assets excluding those acquired through purchase money financing. The
Company is required to pay a commitment fee of 0.5% per annum on any unused
amounts under the Revolving Line of Credit, as well as a monthly line fee of
$150,000. The availability of the initial $15,000,000 is not subject to specific
restrictions. However, the availability of the balance of $60 million of the
Revolving Line of Credit is based upon trailing 120 day accounts receivable
collections, reducing to trailing 90 days of collections by March 31, 2000. The
Company paid a one-time up front fee of $2,531,250, representing 3.375% of the
facility. A prepayment penalty of $1,500,000 applies during the first eighteen
months of the term of this agreement. Warrants to purchase an aggregate of
974,412 shares of the Company's common stock at a purchased price of $6.75 per
share were issued to the lenders in connection with the transaction. The value
of the warrants is being amortized and included in interest expense over the
three year term of the Revolving Line of Credit. The Revolving Line of Credit
provides for certain financial and operational covenants, including, but not
limited to, minimum quarterly revenues, minimum earnings before interest, taxes,
depreciation, amortization, and non-recurring charges for rolling six-month
periods, and a minimum quarterly target of provisioned access line equivalents.
As of March 31, 1999, the Company had availability under the Revolving Line of
Credit of $45,200,000. Aggregate outstanding borrowings were $36,145,000 at
March 31, 1999.

            In October 1998, the Company entered into a three year vendor
financing facility (the "Vendor Financing Facility"). Under the terms of the
agreement, the Company agreed to a $25 million volume purchase commitment from
this vendor. The Vendor Financing Facility also provides that up to an aggregate
of $10,000,000 may be borrowed to pay for costs associated with the integration
of this vendor's equipment. Outstanding borrowings under this agreement are
secured by all products purchased from the vendor, all products purchased by the
first $15 million of the Vendor Financing Facility, and a subordinated security
interest in all other assets of the Company. Outstanding borrowings bear
interest at 12.5% per annum. The Company is also required to pay a facility fee
of $15,000 per month and a commitment fee of 0.50% per annum on any unused
amounts under the Vendor Financing Facility. The terms provide for repayment of
5% of the outstanding balance of the vendor portion of the Vendor Financing
Facility, up to $15,000,000, at the end of the ninth, tenth and eleventh
quarterly periods. The remaining principal is due at the end of the three year
term. As of March 31, 1999, the Company had an outstanding balance of
$15,425,998 and availability of $9,574,002. The outstanding balance at March 31,
1999 includes amounts due to the vendor of $2,926,000 financed subsequent to
that date.



                                      F-10
<PAGE>


            In March 1999, the Company entered into an unsecured credit facility
(the "Credit Facility") with a bank. Under this Credit Facility, the Company may
borrow $10,000,000 which is not subject to specific restrictions, and another
$20,000,000 at such time that the Company raises an additional $5 million of
equity. Additional commitment fees will be due the Bank if an outstanding
balance exists on the dates six months, nine months and one year after closing.
The Company is required to pay a quarterly availability fee of 1% of the unused
balance as well as a fee on any advances. Warrants to purchase 69,216 shares of
the Company's common stock at $11.8125 were issued in connection with the Credit
Facility and contingent warrants to purchase up to 573,913 shares of common
stock at $11.8125 per share may be issued to the lender if advances under the
Credit Facility are outstanding six months after the closing date of the Credit
Facility. The value of the warrants to purchase 69,216 shares of common stock of
$1,702,683 has been capitalized and is being amortized ratably over the term of
the Credit Facility as interest expense. In the event any contingent warrants
are issued the value of the warrants will be capitalized and amortized over the
remaining term of the credit facility as interest expense. Interest is payable
based upon a variable rate, which increases over the term of the agreement.
Principal is due June 2000.

            The Credit Facility provides for certain financial and operational
covenants. No amounts were outstanding under this facility at March 31, 1999. In
order to ensure that the full $30 million of borrowing under the Credit Facility
is available through June 2000, the Company has the ability and intends to call
the $5 million of Series A Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock under the
commitment letter described in Note 10 -- Preferred Stock if, by June 30, 1999,
the Company has not received a replacement equity commitment of $5 million or
received a waiver of the $5 million equity requirement included in the Credit
Facility.

Notes payable consisted of the following:


                                                     March 31,
                                          -------------------------------
                                              1999               1998
                                          ------------       ------------
Revolving Line of Credit                 $ 36,145,000       $       --
Revolving and working capital
  line of credit                                  --            7,345,071
Equipment line of credit                          --              982,000
Vendor financing facility                   15,425,998               --
Notes payable under software
  licensing agreements                       4,051,746               --
                                          ------------       ------------
                                            55,622,744          8,327,071
Less: current portion                       (1,705,141)        (1,196,400)
                                          ------------       ------------
                                          $ 53,917,603       $  7,130,671
                                          ============       ============

Long-term debt matures as follows:

            Years Ending March 31:
                 2000                                 $ 1,705,141
                 2001                                   2,059,302
                 2002                                  51,858,301
                                                      $55,622,744


8. Leases

            The Company leases office facilities under long-term lease
agreements classified as operating leases. The following is a schedule of future
minimum lease payments, net of sublease income, for operating leases as of March
31, 1999:


                                                 Sublease
                              Operating           Rental
                                Leases            Income             Net
                              ----------        ---------         ----------
Year ending March 31:
   2000                       $2,094,925        $(109,897)        $1,985,028
   2001                        2,007,121         (111,420)         1,895,701
   2002                        1,912,473         (111,420)         1,801,053
   2003                        1,668,232         (111,420)         1,556,812
   2004                          918,614         (111,420)           807,194
   Thereafter                    273,990         ( 49,325)           224,665
                              ----------        ---------         ----------

Net future minimum
  lease payments              $8,875,355        $(604,902)        $8,270,453
                              ==========        =========         ==========




                                      F-11
<PAGE>


            Rental expense for operating leases aggregated $1,779,608,
$1,121,916 and $1,001,919 in 1999, 1998 and 1997 , respectively. Sublease rental
income amounted to $106,293, $119,416 and $90,016 in 1999, 1998 and 1997 ,
respectively.

            The Company leases certain equipment under capital leases. At March
31, 1999, the Company has capitalized leased equipment totaling $12,091,238 with
related accumulated amortization of $1,470,614. Obligations under capital leases
mature as follows:

            Years ending March 31:
            2000                                               $ 4,235,411
            2001                                                 4,260,012
            2002                                                 3,093,937
            2003                                                 1,527,344
            2004                                                    78,418
            Thereafter                                                 --
                                                                13,195,122
            Less amount representing interest                   (1,960,679)
            Present value of minimum lease payments             11,234,443
            Less current portion of obligations under
              capital leases                                    (3,230,077)
            Obligations under capital leases, net of
              current portion                                  $ 8,004,366

9. Telecommunications Agreements

            On January 15, 1996, the Company entered into a four-year
non-exclusive agreement with a long-distance service provider for the right to
provide long distance service to its customers at prices affected by volume
attainment levels during the term of the agreement. The Company is not obligated
to purchase any minimum levels of usage over the term of the agreement, but
rates may be adjusted due to the failure of achieving certain volume
commitments. These provisions had no effect on the financial statements for the
year ended March 31, 1999.

            On October 20, 1994, the Company entered into a three-year
non-exclusive agreement with a long-distance service provider for the right to
provide long distance service to its customers at fixed prices by service during
the term of the agreement. On May 6, 1998, the Company entered into an amendment
to the agreement which extended the term of the agreement through October 2000.
On March 31, 1999, the Company entered into an amendment which provides that the
Company shall be liable for a minimum aggregate usage commitment of $50 million.
Based upon existing and expected usage, these provisions had no effect on the
financial statements for the year ended March 31, 1999.

            Prior to the execution of the agreements described above, and
through March 31, 1999, the Company also provided long distance service to
customers under an informal non-exclusive arrangement with another long distance
service provider. The Company is not obligated to purchase any minimum level of
usage on the network, and there are no other performance obligations.

            On January 8, 1999, the Company entered into agreements with two
communications companies for the provision of transmission and co-location
facilities for the Company's initial network build-out in New England in New
York. The agreements, which total $11,600,000 million of expenditures by CTC
over three years, provide for connectivity between CTC's 22 network hub sites
and two fully redundant network operations centers.



                                      F-12
<PAGE>


10. Stockholders' Equity (Deficit)

            At March 31, 1999, 6,357,142 shares of common stock are reserved for
future issuance under stock option plans, common stock purchase warrants and
conversion of preferred stock.


Preferred Stock

            The dividends, liquidation preference, voting rights and other
rights of each series of preferred stock, when issued, are to be designated by
the Board of Directors prior to issuance.


            In April 1998, the Company completed a private placement of Series A
redeemable convertible preferred stock ("Series A"). Each share of Series A
accrues a cumulative dividend equal to an annual rate of 9% of the $18 per share
purchase price per annum, compounded every six months. The dividend is payable
upon redemption, liquidation, or conversion of the Series A.

            A majority of the Series A stockholders may force a redemption by
the Company after April 9, 2003. Upon liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of
the Company, holders of Series A would be entitled to receive the payment of a
preferential amount before any payment is made with respect to any junior class
of stock. The preferential payment would be equal to the greater of the purchase
price plus accrued dividends through the date of payment or the purchase price
plus accrued dividends plus an acceleration of the dividend due through April 9,
2003.

            On the date of issuance, 666,666 shares of the Series A were
convertible into 1,333,332 shares of common stock. The number of shares of
common stock into which the Series A can be converted increases by an amount
equal to the accrued dividend divided by $9.00. At March 31, 1999, 666,666
shares of Series A were convertible into 1,453,262 shares of common stock. In
addition, the number of shares of common stock into which Series A can be
converted also adjusts upon the issuance of common stock or securities
convertible into or exercisable for common stock, that would serve to dilute the
economic interests of the Series A. Prior to any liquidation, dissolution, or
winding up of the Company, the Series A preferred stock would automatically
convert into common stock if the liquidation amount is less than the amount the
holder of Series A would have received had the holder converted to common stock.

            Holders of Series A are entitled to a number of votes equal to the
lesser of 1) the whole number of common stock they would receive if they
converted their Series A plus the number of warrants they hold that were issued
in connection with the issuance of Series A shares or 2) the number of shares of
Series A held multiplied by 2.476.

            On July 13, 1998 the Company secured a commitment letter from a
Series A stockholder allowing the Company, at any time through June 30, 1999, to
sell to this stockholder $5 million of Series A on the same terms as the Series
A issued in April 1998.

 Common Stock Purchase Warrants

            As of March 31, 1999, the Company issued warrants in connection with
the issuance of Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock and the
financing arrangements disclosed in Note 7 to purchase an aggregate of 1,218,855
shares of common stock at exercise prices ranging from $6.75 to $11.81 and over
exercise periods through March 2009. The value of the warrants range from $1.96
to $5.74 and were determined using a Black Scholes pricing methodology.
Significant assumptions include the interest rate of 5.21%, an expected
volatility of 50% and an expected life of the warrants of 2.5 to 3 years.


Employee Stock Purchase Plan


            The Company has an employee stock purchase plan (the "ESPP") which
enables participating employees to purchase Company shares at 85% of the lower
of the market prices prevailing on two valuation dates as defined in the ESPP.
Individuals can contribute up to 5% of their base salary. The Company made no
contributions to the ESPP during the three years in the period ended March 31,
1999. Indicated below is a summary of shares of common stock purchased by the
ESPP.

            In July 1998 and February 1999, the ESPP purchased 6,737 shares and
7,963 shares at $6.69 per share, respectively.


            In July 1997 and February 1998, the ESPP purchased 5,438 shares at
$6.48 per share and 4,406 shares at $8.29 per share, respectively.

            In July 1996 and February 1997, the ESPP purchased 2,998 shares at
$11.05 per share and 5,716 shares at $6.48 per share, respectively.


                                      F-13
<PAGE>

Stock Option Plans


            Under the terms of its Employees Incentive Stock Option Plan, as
amended, the 1985 Stock Option Plan, 1993 Incentive Stock Option Plan, 1996
Stock Option Plan and the 1998 Stock Option Plan, (collectively, the "Plans"),
the Company may grant qualified incentive stock options for the purchase of
common stock to all employees and members of the Board of Directors. In
addition, under the terms of its 1985 Stock Option Plan, the Company may grant
non-qualified incentive stock options for the purchase of common stock to
non-employees of the Company. The Plans generally provide that the option price
will be fixed by a committee of the Board of Directors but will not be less than
100% (110% for 10% stockholders) of the fair market value per share on the date
of grant. Non-qualified options may also be granted under the plan to directors,
consultants or agents who are not employees and to employees who own more than
10% of the Company's voting securities. Non-qualified options are granted at no
less than 85% (110% for 10% stockholders) of the fair market value per share on
the date of grant . No options have a term of more than ten years and options to
10% stockholders may not have a term of more than five years.


            In the event of termination of employment, other than by reason of
death, disability or with the written consent of the Company, all options
granted to employees are terminated. Vesting is determined by the Board of
Directors.


            On March 20, 1998, the Board approved the repricing of 1,175,500
options with a new exercise price of $7.19 per share ($7.91 per share for 10%
stockholders).

Stock  Based Compensation

            Pro forma information regarding net (loss) income and (loss)
earnings per common share is required by SFAS No. 123, and has been determined
as if the Company had accounted for its employee stock options granted under the
Plans and shares issued pursuant to the ESPP under the fair value method of that
Statement. The fair value for these options and shares issued pursuant to the
ESPP were estimated at the date of grant using a Black-Scholes option pricing
model with the following weighted-average assumptions:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                             Options                                    ESPP
                               -----------------------------------       -----------------------------------

                                 1999          1998          1997          1999          1998          1997
                               -------       -------       -------       -------       -------       -------
<S>                             <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>
Expected life (years)            3.09          2.96          3.98          0.50          0.50          0.50
Interest rate                    4.82%         5.93%         6.28%         5.05%         5.43%         5.4%
Volatility                      83.69         85.14         87.88         91.23         64.67         93.03
Dividend yield                   0.00          0.00          0.00          0.00          0.00          0.00
</TABLE>

            The Black-Scholes option valuation model was developed for use in
estimating the fair value of traded options which have no vesting restrictions
and are fully transferable. In addition, option valuation models require the
input of highly subjective assumptions including the expected stock price
volatility. Because the Company's employee stock options have characteristics
significantly different from those of traded options, and because changes in the
subjective input assumptions can materially affect the fair value estimate, in
management's opinion, the existing models do not necessarily provide a reliable
single measure of the fair value of its employee stock options.

            For purposes of pro forma disclosures, the expense related to
estimated fair value of the options is recognized over the options' vesting
period. The Company's pro forma net (loss) income and (loss) earnings per common
share are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                         1999              1998               1997
                                    ------------       -----------        ------------

<S>                                 <C>                <C>                <C>
Pro forma net income (loss)         $(56,761,004)      $(4,973,128)       $4,094,000
Pro forma earnings (loss) per
  common share (Basic)              $      (5.60)      $     (0.50)       $     0.39
</TABLE>


            The effects on 1999, 1998 and 1997 pro forma net (loss) income and
(loss) earnings per common share of expensing the estimated fair value of stock
options and shares issued pursuant to the ESPP are not necessarily
representative of the effects on reporting the results of operations for future
years as the periods presented include only one, two and three years of option
grants under the Company's plans.



                                      F-14
<PAGE>


            A summary of the Company's stock option activity, and related
information for the years ended March 31 follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   1999                  1998                    1997
                                          ----------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                       Weighted                Weighted                 Weighted
                                                        Average                Average                  Average
                                                       Exercise                Exercise                 Exercise
                                           Options       Price     Options       Price     Options        Price
                                          ----------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                       <C>          <C>        <C>          <C>        <C>           <C>
Outstanding at beginning of
   year                                   2,965,007      $5.50    1,953,112      $4.36    1,995,878       $4.01
       Options granted                    1,297,000       8.65    2,791,000       7.11      280,539        9.67
       Options terminated                   279,716       6.49    1,402,718       8.36     (286,734)       7.54
       Options exercised                    366,482       0.66      376,387        .93      (36,571)       1.20

Outstanding at end of year                3,615,809      $7.05    2,965,007      $5.50    1,953,112       $4.36

    Exercisable at end of year              961,177                 698,250                 772,282

    Weighted-average fair value
      of options granted during the
      year                               $     4.80              $     4.01              $     6.43
</TABLE>

            The following table presents weighted-average price and life
information about significant option groups outstanding at March 31, 1999:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                       Options Outstanding                          Options Exercisable
                                        Weighted Average         Weighted                         Weighted
     Range of              Number           Remaining             Average         Number      Average Exercise
 Exercise Prices        Outstanding      Contractual Life      Exercise Price   Exercisable         Price
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                     <C>              <C>                   <C>              <C>           <C>
$ 0.90- 1.10              129,261           0.5 years              $ 1.10          129,261           $1.10
  2.70-2.98               238,681           1.0 years                2.75          238,681            2.75
  5.25-5.75               213,000           4.4 years                5.72           32,500            5.75
  6.00-7.06               882,867           3.1 years                6.48           89,453            6.23
  7.19                  1,034,500           2.6 years                7.19          301,498            7.19
  7.50-8.69               536,000           4.7 years                7.58           43,284            7.69
 10.12-11.25              356,334           3.9 years               10.50           84,834           10.51
 12.37-13.00               58,500           5.3 years               12.80                0            0.00
 15.00                     83,333           3.9 years               15.00           20,833           15.00
 20.00                     83,333           3.9 years               20.00           20,833           20.00
                    -----------------                                         ----------------
                        3,615,809                                                  961,177
                    =================                                         ================
</TABLE>

11. Benefit Plans

            Defined Contribution Plan (the "401(k) Plan")

            The Company maintains a defined contribution plan (the "401(k)
Plan") which covers all employees who meet certain eligibility requirements and
complies with Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code ("IRC"). Participants
may make contributions to the 401(k) Plan up to 15% of their compensation, as
defined under the terms of the 401(k) Plan, up to the maximum established by the
IRC. The Company may make a matching contribution of an amount to be determined
by the Board of Directors, but subject to a maximum of 6% of compensation
contributed by each participant. Company contributions vest ratably over three
years. Company contributions to the 401(k) Plan were $358,100, $310,788 and
$230,079 in 1999, 1998 and 1997, respectively.



                                      F-15
<PAGE>

12.  Earnings (loss) per share

            Earnings (loss) per common share has been calculated as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         1999               1998               1997
                                                     ------------       ------------       ------------
<S>                                                  <C>                <C>                <C>
Numerator:
  Net income (loss)                                  $(51,995,984)      $ (2,884,450)      $  4,682,931
  Less:   accretion of preferred stock                 (1,079,364)              --                 --
          dividends
  Less:   accretion to redemption value of
          preferred stock                                 (56,000)              --                 --
                                                     ------------       ------------       ------------
  Equals: numerator for basic and diluted
          earnings (loss) per common share           $(53,131,348)      $ (2,884,450)      $  4,682,931

Denominator:
  Denominator for basic earnings (loss) per
    common share-weighted average shares               10,130,701          9,886,000          9,600,000

  Effect of employee stock options                           --                 --            1,173,000
                                                     ------------       ------------       ------------
  Denominator for diluted earnings (loss) per
    common share                                       10,130,701          9,886,000         10,773,000
                                                     ------------       ------------       ------------

Basic earnings (loss) per common share               $      (5.24)      $       (.29)      $        .49
                                                     ============       ============       ============

Diluted earnings (loss) per common share             $      (5.24)      $       (.29)      $        .43
                                                     ============       ============       ============
</TABLE>


13.   Income Taxes

            The provision (benefit) for income taxes consisted of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                             1999              1998              1997
                          -----------       -----------       -----------
<S>                       <C>               <C>               <C>
Current:
   Federal                $(3,361,000)      $  (218,000)      $ 2,660,000
   State                         --                --             906,000
                          -----------       -----------       -----------
                           (3,361,000)         (218,000)        3,566,000
Deferred tax benefit        1,834,000        (1,268,000)         (289,000)
                          -----------       -----------       -----------

                          $(1,527,000)      $(1,486,000)      $ 3,277,000
                          ===========       ===========       ===========
</TABLE>


            Significant components of the Company's deferred tax liabilities and
assets as of March 31, are as follows:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            1999               1998
                                                       ------------       ------------
<S>                                                    <C>                <C>
Deferred tax assets:
   Depreciation                                        $       --         $     64,000
   Bell Atlantic litigation costs                              --              486,000
   Bad debt allowance                                       695,000            960,000
   Accruals and allowances, other                            40,000            305,000
   Net operating  loss carryforward--State               23,027,000             96,000
                                                       ------------       ------------
Total deferred tax asset                                 23,762,000          1,911,000

 Deferred tax liability:
   Prepaid expenses                                          (8,000)           (38,000)

   Cash surrender value of life insurance policy            (38,000)           (39,000)
   Depreciation                                          (1,328,000)              --
                                                       ------------       ------------
Total deferred tax liability                             (1,374,000)           (77,000)
                                                       ------------       ------------

Net deferred tax asset before valuation allowance        22,388,000          1,834,000
Valuation Allowance                                     (22,388,000)              --
Net deferred tax asset                                 $       --         $  1,834,000
                                                       ============       ============
</TABLE>


                                      F-16
<PAGE>

            Management has elected to fully provide a valuation allowance
against deferred tax assets as it is more likely than not that the Company will
not realize these assets.

            At March 31, 1999, the Company had federal and state net operating
loss carryforwards of approximately $6,856,000, which may be used to reduce
future income tax liabilities, and expire through 2014. Changes in the Company's
ownership will subject the net operating loss carryforwards and tax credits to
limitations pursuant to sections 382 and 383 of the Internal Revenue Code.

            The income tax expense is different from that which would be
obtained by applying the enacted statutory federal income tax rate to income
before income taxes. The items causing this difference are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         1999               1998               1997
                                                    ------------       ------------       ------------
<S>                                                 <C>                <C>                <C>
    Tax (benefit) at U.S. statutory rate            $(18,197,815)      $ (1,486,000)      $  2,706,000
    State income taxes, net of federal benefit              --                 --              552,000
    Valuation allowance and other                     16,670,815               --               19,000
                                                    ------------       ------------       ------------
                                                    $ (1,527,000)      $ (1,486,000)      $  3,277,000
                                                    ============       ============       ============
</TABLE>

            Income taxes paid in 1999, 1998 and 1997 amounted to $0, $2,160,527
and $3,319,000, respectively.

14. Subsequent Event

            On May 4, 1999, the Company filed Registration Statement on Form S-1
with the Securities and Exchange Commission for the purpose of registering the
sale of up to 2,875,000 shares of common stock.

15. Quarterly information (unaudited)

            A summary of operating results and pro forma net income (loss) per
share for the quarterly periods in the two years ended March 31, 1999 is set
forth below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     Quarter Ended
                                   -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                     June 30        September 30       December 31         March 31          Total
                                   -----------      ------------      ------------      ------------      ------------
<S>                                <C>              <C>               <C>               <C>               <C>
Year ended March 31, 1999
   Total revenues                  $12,835,685      $ 14,516,189      $ 19,024,531      $ 24,587,287      $ 70,963,692
   Net loss                         (7,931,000)      (10,983,624)      (11,997,025)      (21,084,335)      (51,995,984)
   Net loss per share--basic              (.79)            (1.13)            (1.20)            (2.08)            (5.24)
   Net loss per share--diluted            (.79)            (1.13)            (1.20)            (2.08)            (5.24)

Year ended March 31, 1998
   Total revenues                  $11,658,954      $ 11,845,097      $ 11,155,646      $  6,287,439      $ 40,947,136
   Net income (loss)                 1,374,000         1,244,000           506,000        (6,008,450)       (2,884,450)
   Earnings (loss) per
     share--basic                          .13               .13               .05               (.6)             (.29)
   Earnings (loss) per
     share--diluted                        .14               .12               .05               (.6)             (.29)
</TABLE>

            The first two quarters of fiscal year 1998 net income per share
amounts have been restated to comply with Statement of Financial Accounting
Standard No. 128, "Earnings per Share".

               SCHEDULE II - VALUATION AND QUALIFIYING ACCOUNTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                        Col. A            Col. B            Col. C            Col. D            Col. E
                                    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                         Additions
                                    ---------------------------------------------------
                                                            (1)               (2)
                                                                            Charged
                                       Balance at        Charged to         to Other                             Balance
                                       Beginning         Costs and          Accounts         Deductions         at End of
Description                            of Period          Expenses          Describe          Describe           Period
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                   <C>               <C>                 <C>             <C>                 <C>
Year ended March 31, 1999:
    Allowance for doubtful accounts     $492,000        $4,990,007                          $3,765,007          $1,717,000
Year ended March 31, 1998:
    Allowance for doubtful accounts     $377,000        $1,421,109                          $1,306,109(a)       $  492,000
Year ended March 31, 1997:
    Allowance for doubtful accounts     $190,215        $  316,669                          $  129,884(a)       $  377,000

</TABLE>

                                      F-17
<PAGE>

                                                                      APPENDIX A

                             AMENDED AND RESTATED
                     AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF REORGANIZATION
                                     AMONG
                        CTC COMMUNICATIONS GROUP, INC.
                            A DELAWARE CORPORATION,
                                CTC-NEWCO, INC.
                            A DELAWARE CORPORATION
                                      AND
                           CTC COMMUNICATIONS CORP.,
                          A MASSACHUSETTS CORPORATION

     THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF REORGANIZATION (the
"Agreement") is dated as of March 1, 1999 among CTC COMMUNICATIONS CORP., a
Massachusetts corporation, CTC COMMUNICATIONS GROUP, INC., a Delaware
corporation, and CTC-NEWCO, INC., a Delaware corporation and a wholly-owned
subsidiary of CTC COMMUNICATIONS GROUP, INC.

                                   BACKGROUND

     A.  CTC COMMUNICATIONS CORP ("CTC Massachusetts") is a corporation duly
organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the
Commonwealth of Massachusetts and, on the date of this Agreement, has authority
to issue 26,000,000 shares consisting of 25,000,000 shares of Common Stock, $.01
par value, and 1,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, $1.00 par value, of which
10,291,126 shares of Common Stock and 666,666 shares of Series A Convertible
Preferred Stock are issued and outstanding.

     B.  CTC COMMUNICATIONS GROUP, INC. ("Delaware Parent") is a corporation
duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the
State of Delaware and, on the date of this Agreement, has authority to issue
110,000,000 shares consisting of 100,000,000 shares of Common Stock, $.01 par
value, and 10,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, $1.00 par value, none of which
are issued and outstanding.

     C.  CTC-NEWCO, INC. ("Delaware Subsidiary")is a corporation duly organized,
validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware
and, on the date of this Agreement, has authority to issue 200 shares of Common
Stock, $.01 par value, all of which are issued and outstanding and owned by
Delaware Parent.

     D.  The Board of Directors of each of CTC Massachusetts, Delaware Parent
and Delaware Subsidiary have determined that it is advisable and in the best
interests of each of such corporations that Delaware Subsidiary merge into CTC
Massachusetts upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this
Agreement, for the purpose of effecting the reincorporation of CTC Massachusetts
in the State of Delaware by becoming a wholly-owned subsidiary of Delaware
Parent and have, by resolutions duly adopted, approved this Agreement and
directed that it be submitted to a vote of their respective stockholders and
executed by the undersigned officers.

THE PARTIES AGREE AS FOLLOWS:

                                   ARTICLE I

                                  DEFINITIONS

     When used in this Agreement (and in any Exhibit in which such terms are not
otherwise defined) the following terms shall have the following meanings:

     "Certificate of Merger" shall mean the Certificate of Merger of Delaware
Subsidiary into CTC Massachusetts to be filed with the Secretary of State of the
Commonwealth of Massachusetts.
<PAGE>

     "CTC Massachusetts Common Stock" shall mean shares of Common Stock, $.01
par value, of CTC Massachusetts.

     "CTC Massachusetts Preferred Stock" shall mean shares of Preferred Stock,
$1.00 par value, of CTC Massachusetts.

     "Delaware Parent Common Stock" shall mean shares of Common Stock, $0.01 par
value, of Delaware Parent.

     "Delaware Parent Preferred Stock" shall mean shares of Preferred Stock,
$1.00 par value, of Delaware Parent.

     "Delaware Subsidiary Common Stock" shall mean shares of Common Stock, $0.01
par value, of Delaware Subsidiary.

     "Effective Time" shall mean the time when the Certificate of Merger is
filed with the Secretary of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts and the Merger
becomes effective.

     "Merger" shall mean the merger of Delaware Subsidiary into CTC
Massachusetts.

     "Shareholders' Meeting" shall mean the meeting of shareholders of CTC
Massachusetts to be held in 1999 approve and adopt this Agreement, among other
things.

     "Surviving Parent" shall mean Delaware Parent from and after the Effective
Time.

     "Surviving Subsidiary" shall mean CTC Massachusetts from and after the
Effective Time.

                                  ARTICLE II

                                    MERGER

     2.1  Merger. At the Effective Time, the Merger shall become effective under
Section 252 of the Delaware General Corporation Law and Section 79 of Chapter
156B of the Massachusetts General Corporation Law, and Delaware Subsidiary shall
merge into CTC Massachusetts, the separate existence of Delaware Subsidiary
shall cease and CTC Massachusetts shall continue in existence as the surviving
wholly-owned subsidiary of Delaware Parent under the Massachusetts General
Corporation Law.

     2.2  Filings. On or prior to the Effective Time, CTC Massachusetts and
Delaware Subsidiary shall cause:

               (a)  the Certificate of Merger to be filed with the Secretary of
the Commonwealth of Massachusetts; and

               (b)  the Certificate of Merger to be filed with the Secretary of
State of Delaware.

     2.3  Effects of the Merger. At the Effective Time:

               (a)  the separate existence of Delaware Subsidiary shall cease
and Delaware Subsidiary shall be merged into CTC Massachusetts;

               (b)  the Articles of Incorporation of CTC Massachusetts shall
continue as the Articles of Incorporation of the Surviving Subsidiary;

               (c)  the Bylaws of CTC Massachusetts continue as the Bylaws of
the Surviving Subsidiary;

                                      -2-
<PAGE>

               (d)  each share of CTC Massachusetts Common Stock and CTC
Massachusetts Preferred Stock outstanding immediately prior to the Effective
Time shall be converted into one share of Surviving Parent Common Stock and one
share of Surviving Parent Preferred Stock, respectively, pursuant to Article III
herein;

               (e)  without further transfer, act, or deed, the separate
existence of Delaware Subsidiary shall cease and CTC Massachusetts shall possess
all the rights, privileges, powers and franchises, and shall be subject to all
the restrictions, disabilities and duties, of Delaware Subsidiary; and all
property, real, personal and mixed, and all debts due to Delaware Subsidiary on
whatever account, as well as stock subscriptions and all other things belonging
to Delaware Subsidiary shall be vested in CTC Massachusetts; and all property,
rights, privileges, powers and franchises, and all and every other interest of
Delaware Subsidiary shall be thereafter as effectually the property of the CTC
Massachusetts as they were of Delaware Subsidiary, and the title to any real
estate vested by deed or otherwise in Delaware Subsidiary shall not revert or be
in any way impaired by reason of the Merger; and all rights of creditors of
Delaware Subsidiary and all liens upon any property of Delaware Subsidiary shall
be preserved unimpaired and all debts, liabilities and duties of Delaware
Subsidiary shall attach to CTC Massachusetts and may be enforced against it to
the same extent as if such debts, liabilities and duties had been incurred or
contracted by it.

     2.4  Further Assurances. Delaware Subsidiary agrees that if, at any time
after the Effective Time, CTC Massachusetts shall consider or be advised that
any further deeds, assignments or assurances are necessary or desirable to vest,
perfect or confirm in the CTC Massachusetts title to any property or rights of
Delaware Subsidiary, the CTC Massachusetts and its officers and directors may
execute and deliver all such deeds, assignments and assurances and do all other
things necessary or desirable to vest, perfect or confirm title to such property
or rights in the CTC Massachusetts and otherwise to carry out the purposes of
this Agreement, in the name of Delaware Subsidiary or otherwise.

                                  ARTICLE III

                              CONVERSION OF STOCK

     3.1  Conversion of Stock. At the Effective Time, the stock of CTC
Massachusetts shall be converted into stock of Surviving Parent, as follows:

               (a)  each share of CTC Massachusetts Common Stock and each share
of Preferred Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective
Time shall, by virtue of the Merger and without any action on the part of the
holder thereof, be converted into one share of Surviving Parent Common Stock and
one share of Preferred Stock, respectively; and

               (b)  each share of Delaware Subsidiary Common Stock issued and
outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be converted into one
share of common stock of the Surviving Subsidiary.

     3.2  Stock Certificates. At and after the Effective Time, all of the
outstanding certificates which immediately prior to the Effective Time
represented shares of CTC Massachusetts Common Stock and shares of Preferred
Stock shall be deemed for all purposes to evidence ownership of, and to
represent, shares of Surviving Parent Common Stock and Preferred Stock into
which the shares of CTC Massachusetts Common Stock and Preferred Stock formerly
represented by such certificates have been converted as provided in this
Agreement. The registered owner on the books and records of Surviving Parent or
its transfer agent of any outstanding stock certificate shall, until such
certificate shall have been surrendered for transfer or otherwise accounted for
to Surviving Parent or its transfer agents, have and be entitled to exercise any
voting and other rights with respect to, and to receive any dividends and other
distributions upon, the shares of CTC Massachusetts Common Stock and Preferred
Stock evidenced by such outstanding certificates as provided above.

                                      -3-
<PAGE>

     3.3  Stock Options. Each right or option to purchase shares of CTC
Massachusetts Common Stock granted under the 1993 Employee Stock Option Plan,
the 1996 Employee Stock Option Plan, the Employee Stock Purchase Plan, the
Employee Stock Benefit Plan and the 401(k) Savings Plan, and, upon approval of
the stockholders of CTC Massachusetts, the 1998 Incentive Plan,(collectively,
the "Plans"), and all other rights, options and warrants to purchase CTC
Massachusetts Common Stock which is outstanding immediately prior to the
Effective Time, shall by virtue of the Merger and without any action on the part
of the holder thereof, be converted into and become an option, right and warrant
to purchase the same number of shares of Surviving Parent Common Stock at the
same price per share, and upon the same terms and subject to the same conditions
as in effect at the Effective Time. The same number of shares of Delaware Common
Stock shall be reserved for purposes of said Plans and upon exercise of such
rights, options and warrants as is equal to the number of shares of CTC
Massachusetts Common Stock so reserved as of the Effective Time. As of the
Effective Time, Surviving Parent hereby assumes the Plans and all obligations of
CTC Massachusetts under the Plans including the outstanding options or awards or
portions thereof granted pursuant to the Plans and assumes all obligations of
CTC Massachusetts under all other options, rights and warrants.

     3.4  Validity of Surviving Parent Common Stock and Preferred Stock. All
shares of Surviving Parent Common Stock and Preferred Stock into which CTC
Massachusetts Common Stock and Preferred are to be converted pursuant to the
Merger shall not be subject to any statutory or contractual preemptive rights,
shall be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and shall be issued in
full satisfaction of all rights pertaining to such CTC Massachusetts Common
Stock and Preferred Stock.

     3.5  Rights of Former Holders. From and after the Effective Time, no holder
of certificates which evidenced CTC Massachusetts Common Stock and Preferred
Stock immediately prior to the Effective Time shall have any rights with respect
to the shares formerly evidenced by those certificates, other than to receive
the shares of Surviving Parent Common Stock and Preferred Stock into which such
CTC Massachusetts Common Stock and Preferred Stock shall have been converted
pursuant to the Merger.

                                  ARTICLE IV

                                    GENERAL

     4.1  Consents. Each of the parties hereto shall use its best efforts to
obtain the consent and approval of each person whose consent or approval shall
be required in order to permit consummation of the Merger.

     4.2  Governmental Authorizations. Each of the parties shall cooperate in
filing any necessary reports or other documents with any federal, state, local
or foreign authorities having jurisdiction with respect to the Merger.

     4.3  Waiver and Amendment. This Agreement may be amended by action of the
Board of Directors of each party hereto without any action by the stockholders
of the parties, except that (a) any amendment to Section 3.1, (b) any amendment
changing the terms, rights, powers or preferences of the Surviving Parent Common
Stock or Preferred Stock, or (c) any amendment altering any terms of this
Agreement if such alteration would adversely affect the holders of CTC
Massachusetts Common Stock or Preferred Stock, or Surviving Parent Common Stock
or Preferred Stock, must be approved by a majority of the voting power of the
outstanding CTC Massachusetts Common Stock and Preferred Stock.

     4.4  Termination. This Agreement may be terminated and the Merger and other
transactions provided for by this Agreement abandoned at any time prior to the
Effective Time, whether before or after adoption and approval of this Agreement
at the Shareholders' Meeting, by action of the Board of Directors of CTC
Massachusetts if the Board determines that the consummation of the transactions
contemplated by this Agreement would not, for any reason, be in the best
interests of Delaware Subsidiary and its shareholders.

                                      -4-
<PAGE>

     4.5  Entire Agreement. This Agreement (including any exhibits), contains
the entire agreement among the parties with respect to the Merger and supersedes
all prior and concurrent arrangements, letters of intent or understandings
relating to the Merger.

     4.6  Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two or more
counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but all of which when taken
together shall constitute one and the same agreement. This Agreement shall
become effective when one or more counterparts has been signed by each of the
parties and delivered to each of the other parties.

     4.7  Headings. The article, section and paragraph headings in this
Agreement have been inserted for identification and reference and shall not by
themselves determine the meaning or interpretation of any provision of this
Agreement.

     4.8  Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in
accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware and, so far as applicable, the
merger provisions of the Massachusetts General Corporation Law.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be executed
as of the date first above written.

                                    CTC COMMUNICATIONS CORP.,
                                    a Massachusetts corporation

                                    ____________________________
                                    By:
                                    Title:

                                    CTC COMMUNICATIONS GROUP, INC.
                                    a Delaware corporation

                                    ____________________________
                                    By:
                                    Title:


                                    CTC-NEWCO, INC.
                                    a Delaware corporation

                                    ____________________________
                                    By:
                                    Title:

                                      -5-
<PAGE>

                                                                      APPENDIX B
                             AMENDED AND RESTATED
                         CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
                                      OF
                        CTC COMMUNICATIONS GROUP, INC.

       The undersigned, being of legal age, in order to form a corporation under
and pursuant to the laws of the State of Delaware, do hereby set forth as
follows:

          FIRST:    The name of the corporation is CTC COMMUNICATIONS GROUP,
INC.

          SECOND:   The address of the initial registered and principal office
of this corporation in this state is c/o United Corporate Services, Inc., 15
East North Street, in the City of Dover, County of Kent, State of Delaware 19901
and the name of the registered agent at said address is United Corporate
Services, Inc.

          THIRD:    The purpose of the corporation is to engage in any lawful
act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the corporation
laws of the State of Delaware.

          FOURTH:   (a)  The corporation shall be authorized to issue two
classes of stock to be designated respectively Common Stock and Preferred Stock.
The total number of shares of all classes of stock which the  Corporation  has
authority to issue is One-Hundred Ten Million (110,000,000), consisting of One-
Hundred Million (100,000,000) shares of Common Stock, $0.01 par value (the
"Common Stock"), and Ten Million (10,000,000) shares of Preferred Stock, $1.00
par value (the "Preferred Stock").  Of the authorized  shares of Preferred
Stock, Six Thousand Six Hundred Sixty-Six (666,666) shares shall be designated
"Series A Convertible Preferred Stock."

       The Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time in one or more
series.  The Board of Directors is hereby authorized, subject to limitations
prescribed by law or set forth in this Certificate of Incorporation, to fix by
resolution or resolutions the designations, powers, preferences and rights, and
the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, of each such series of
Preferred Stock, including without limitation authority to fix by resolution or
resolutions, the dividend rights, dividend rate, conversion rights, voting
rights, rights and terms of redemption (including sinking fund provisions),
redemption price or prices, and liquidation preferences of any wholly unissued
series of Preferred Stock, and the number of shares constituting any such series
and the designation thereof, or any of the foregoing.

       Subject to the limitations set forth in this Certificate of
Incorporation, the Board of Directors is further authorized to increase (but not
above the total number of authorized shares of the class) or decrease (but not
below the number of shares of any such series then outstanding) the number of
shares of any series, the number of which was fixed by it, subsequent to the
issue of shares of such series then outstanding, subject to the powers,
preferences and rights, and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions
thereof stated in the resolution of the Board of Directors originally fixing the
number of shares of such series. If the number of shares of any series is so
decreased, then the shares constituting such decrease shall resume the status
which they had prior to the adoption of the resolution originally fixing the
number of shares of such series.

(b)    The relative and other rights, preferences, privileges, and restrictions
of the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock and the holders thereof
(collectively, the "Stockholders") are as follows:

1.  Designation.  The number of shares of the series designated "Series A
    -----------
Convertible Preferred Stock" (hereinafter referred to as the "Series A Preferred
Stock"), which number may be decreased (but not increased) by the Board of
Directors without a vote of stockholders; provided, however, that such number
                                          --------  -------
may not be decreased below the

                                      -6-
<PAGE>

number of then currently outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock. All
capitalized terms used in this Certificate of Incorporation and not otherwise
defined shall have the meaning given to such terms in Paragraph 14 of this
Section (b) of Article FOURTH.

2.  Dividends.  The holders of Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to
    ---------
participate in all dividends that are declared and paid on Common Stock on the
same basis as if all of the Series A Preferred Stock had been converted to
Common Stock in accordance with Paragraph 7 of this Section (b) of Article
FOURTH.

3.  Liquidation Preference. (a)  In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or
    ----------------------
winding up of the affairs of the Corporation, either voluntarily or
involuntarily, each holder of Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled, after
provision for the payment of the Corporation's debts and other liabilities, to
be paid in cash in full, before any distribution is made on any Junior
Securities, an amount in cash (the "Liquidation Amount") equal to the greater of
(i) the Series A Preference Amount, or (ii) the Minimum Preference Amount,
provided, however, if the amount each such holder of Series A Preferred Stock
would have received had such holder converted all Series A Preferred Stock held
by such holder into Common Stock immediately prior to such liquidation,
dissolution or winding up of the Corporation would be equal to or greater than
the Liquidation Amount, the Series A Preferred Stock shall be automatically
converted into Common Stock in accordance with the terms herein, effective
immediately prior to such liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the
Corporation.  If, upon any such liquidation, dissolution or other winding up of
the affairs of the Corporation, the net assets of the Corporation distributable
among the holders of all outstanding Senior Preferred Stock shall be
insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of the full preferential
amount to which they are entitled with respect to their Senior Preferred Stock,
then the entire net assets of the Corporation remaining after the provision for
the payment of the Corporation's debts and other liabilities shall be
distributed among the holders of the Senior Preferred Stock ratably in
proportion to the full preferential amounts to which they would otherwise be
respectively entitled on account of their Senior Preferred Stock.  Upon any such
liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, after the holders of
Senior Preferred Stock shall have been paid in full the preferential amounts to
which they shall be entitled to receive on account of their Senior Preferred
Stock, the remaining net assets of the Corporation shall be distributed to the
other stockholders of the Corporation as their respective interests may appear.

(b)  Consolidation, Merger, etc.  A consolidation or merger of the Corporation
     ---------------------------
with or into any other corporation or corporations (a "merger") other than a
merger in which the holders of the Corporation's Common Stock own a majority of
the voting power of the surviving corporation, or a Sale of the Corporation, or
the effectuation by the Corporation or its stockholders of a transaction or a
series of related transactions in which more than fifty percent (50%) of the
voting power of the Corporation is disposed of (a "reorganization") shall be
deemed to constitute a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation
within the meaning of this Paragraph 3, provided, however, the transfer of all
or substantially all of the Corporation's assets to one or more wholly owned
subsidiaries of the Corporation shall not be deemed a liquidation, dissolution
or winding up of the Corporation within the meaning of this Paragraph 3.  Any
reorganization of the Corporation required by any court or administrative body
in order to comply with any provision of law shall be deemed to be an
involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation unless the
preferences, qualifications, limitations, restrictions and special or relative
rights granted to or imposed upon the holders of Series A Preferred Stock are
not adversely affected by such reorganization. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a
consolidation, merger, Sale of the Corporation or reorganization shall not be
deemed a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation for the
purposes of this Paragraph 3 if (i) the holders of the Requisite Percentage of
the Series A Preferred Stock waive in writing the provisions of the preceding
two sentences, as applicable and (ii) the Board of Directors of the Corporation
consents to such waiver.

(c)  Holders of Series A Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to any additional
distribution in the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the
affairs of the Corporation in excess of the amounts set forth in this Paragraph
3.

                                      -7-
<PAGE>

4.   Voting.
     ------

(a)  Rights of Series A Preferred Stock. Except as otherwise required by law or
     ----------------------------------
as provided herein and subject to the rights of any class or series of capital
stock of the Corporation that hereafter may be issued in compliance with the
terms of these Articles of Incorporation, the shares of the Series A Preferred
Stock shall vote together with the shares of the Corporation's Common Stock and
any other shares of the Corporation's stock which, by its terms, is entitled to
vote together with the Series A Preferred Stock and the Common Stock as a single
class at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation, or
may act by written consent in the same manner as the Corporation's Common Stock,
upon the following basis: each holder of shares of Series A Preferred Stock
shall be entitled to such number of votes for the Series A Preferred Stock held
by such holder on the record date fixed for such meeting, or on the effective
date of such written consent, as shall be equal to the lesser of (i) the whole
number of shares of the Corporation's Common Stock issuable upon conversion and
exercise of all shares of Series A Preferred Stock and Warrants held by such
holder immediately after the close of business on the record date fixed for such
meeting or the effective date of such written consent and (ii) the number of
shares of Series A Preferred Stock held by such holder multiplied by 2.476.

5.  Special Approval Rights.
    -----------------------

(a)  Restricted Actions.  So long as any shares of Series A Preferred Stock are
     ------------------
outstanding, the affirmative vote of the holders of the Requisite Percentage of
Series A Preferred Stock, acting by written consent or voting separately as a
single class in person or by proxy, at a special or annual meeting of holders of
Series A Preferred Stock called for the purpose, shall be necessary to authorize
the Corporation to take any of the following actions (herein, each a "Restricted
Action"):

(A) authorize, or increase or permit any Subsidiary to authorize or increase,
    the authorized number of shares of, or issue additional shares of Series A
    Preferred Stock or any class or series of the Corporation's or any
    Subsidiary's capital stock or options, warrants or other rights to acquire
    any such capital stock ranking with respect to liquidation preference,
    dividends or voting rights, senior in right to, or on a parity with, the
    Series A Preferred Stock or entitling the holders thereof to receive any
    dividends or distributions (other than stock dividends) at any time when any
    shares of Series A Preferred Stock are outstanding; provided however, that
    nothing contained in this Paragraph 5 shall restrict the Company from
    authorizing or issuing (i) Common Stock or warrants or options to acquire
    Common Stock or (ii) Straight Preferred Stock;

(B) amend, repeal or change, directly or indirectly, any of the provisions of
    the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation or the By-laws of the
    Corporation in any manner that would alter or change the powers, preferences
    or special rights of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock so as to affect
    them adversely;

(C) at any time when the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock and
    Preferred Stock Derivatives represent at least four and 55/100 percent
    (4.55%) of the Corporation's Common Stock Deemed Outstanding, authorize or
    effect the declaration or payment of dividends or other distributions (other
    than stock dividends) upon, or the redemption or repurchase of, any equity
    securities of the Corporation other than repurchase of Common Stock from
    departing employees that has been approved by the Compensation Committee and
    the Board of Directors; or

(D) at any time when the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock and
    Preferred Stock Derivatives represent at least four and 55/100 percent
    (4.55%) of the Corporation's Common Stock Deemed Outstanding, permit the
    Board of Directors of the Corporation to consist of more than eleven (11)
    members.

(b)  Approval.  The approval rights of the holders of shares of Series A
     --------
Preferred Stock to authorize the Corporation to take any of the Restricted
Actions as provided in this Paragraph 5 may be exercised at any annual meeting
of stockholders, at a special meeting of the holders of Series A Preferred Stock
held for such purpose or by written consent. At each meeting of stockholders at
which the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall

                                      -8-
<PAGE>

have the right, voting separately as a single class, to authorize the
Corporation to take any Restricted Action as provided in this Paragraph 5, the
presence in person or by proxy of the holders of the Requisite Percentage of
Series A Preferred Stock entitled to vote on the matter shall be necessary and
sufficient to constitute a quorum. At any such meeting or at any adjournment
thereof, in the absence of a quorum of the holders of shares of Series A
Preferred Stock, a majority of the holders of such shares present in person or
by proxy shall have the power to adjourn the meeting as to the actions to be
taken by the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock from time to time and
place to place without notice other than announcement at the meeting until a
quorum shall be present.

6.  Compensation Committee.  Unless otherwise consented to by the holders of the
    ----------------------
Requisite Percentage of outstanding Series A Preferred Stock, so long as any
shares of Series A Preferred Stock are outstanding and so long as the
outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock and Preferred Stock Derivatives
represent at least four and 55/100 percent (4.55%) of the Corporation's Common
Stock Deemed Outstanding, the Board of Directors shall elect a Compensation
Committee of the Board of Directors consisting of three (3) individuals, one of
whom shall be a director designated in writing by the holders of a majority of
the Series A Preferred Stock, and the other two of which shall consist of
independent directors who are not employed by the Corporation and are not
Affiliates of those stockholders who are Affiliates of the Corporation
("Independent Directors"), which Compensation Committee shall be increased by
one (1) member, which member shall be the member added pursuant to Section 7.6
of the Purchase Agreement or another member satisfactory to the holders of the
Requisite Percentage of outstanding Series A Preferred Stock and the
Corporation's chief executive officer.  So long as any shares of Series A
Preferred Stock are outstanding and so long as the outstanding shares of Series
A Preferred Stock and Preferred Stock Derivatives represent at least four and
55/100 percent (4.55%) of the Corporation's Common Stock Deemed Outstanding,
decisions of the Compensation Committee must be made by the affirmative vote of
at least three (3) members.  The Compensation Committee shall approve all
recommendations to the Board of Directors as to the following, and the Board of
Directors shall not have the power to approve any of the following without such
recommendation, so long as any shares of Series A Preferred Stock are
outstanding and so long as the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock
and Preferred Stock Derivatives represent at least four and 55/100 percent
(4.55%) of the Corporation's Common Stock Deemed Outstanding, provided however,
that nothing contained herein shall restrict the Corporation from honoring its
contractual obligations existing on April 10, 1998 and disclosed in the Purchase
Agreement:

(i)   the terms of employment, including compensation, of all new senior
      management employees;

(ii)  any increases in the compensation or benefits of any senior management
      employee;

(iii) the terms of, and allocations of awards to senior management employees
      under, any bonus, profit-sharing, or similar incentive plan arrangements;

(iv)  the award of any other incentive or bonus compensation to senior
      management employees;

(v)   the issuance of capital stock or Convertible Securities to any employees
      or directors of the Corporation or its Subsidiaries other than upon
      exercise of options or conversion of Convertible Securities not issued in
      violation of this Paragraph 6; and

(vi)  the issuance of capital stock or Convertible Securities to consultants to
      the Corporation or its Subsidiaries other than Common Stock, warrants and
      options to purchase Common Stock representing more than 40,000 shares of
      Common Stock in the aggregate on a fully diluted basis with respect to all
      such issuances during any fiscal year Subsidiaries other than upon
      exercise of options or conversion of Convertible Securities not issued in
      violation of this Paragraph 6.

                                      -9-
<PAGE>

7.  Conversion Rights.
    -----------------

           (a)  Conversion Procedure.
                --------------------

(i)   At any time and from time to time, any holder of Series A Preferred Stock
      shall have the right, at its option, to convert all or any portion of each
      share of Series A Preferred Stock (including any fraction of a share) held
      by such holder into a number of shares of fully paid and nonassessable
      Common Stock computed by dividing the Series A Preference Amount by the
      Conversion Price in effect on the Conversion Date; provided, however, that
      in the event of the conversion of Series A Preference Stock pursuant to
      Paragraph 3(a) or Paragraph 7(g) of this Section (b) of Article FOURTH,
      the number of shares of fully paid and nonassessable Common Stock into
      which each Share of Series A Preferred Stock shall convert shall be
      computed by dividing the greater of the Series A Preference Amount or
      $21.39 by the Conversion Price in effect on the Conversion Date.

      Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, if a conversion of Series A
      Preferred Stock is to be made in connection with a Sale of the
      Corporation, such conversion may, at the election of any holder tendering
      Series A Preferred Stock for conversion, be conditioned upon the
      consummation of the Sale of the Corporation, in which case such conversion
      shall not be deemed to be effective until immediately prior to the
      consummation of such Sale of the Corporation.

(ii)  Subject to the provisions of Paragraph 7(a)(i), each conversion of Series
      A Preferred Stock shall be deemed to have been effected as of the close of
      business on the effective date of such conversion specified in a written
      notice (the "Conversion Date"); provided, however, that the Conversion
      Date shall not be a date earlier than the date such notice is so given,
      and if such notice does not specify a conversion date, the Conversion Date
      shall be deemed to be the date such notice is given to the Corporation. On
      the Conversion Date, the rights of the holder of such Series A Preferred
      Stock as such holder (including the right to receive dividends) shall
      cease and the Person or Persons in whose name or names any certificate or
      certificates for shares of Common Stock are to be issued upon such
      conversion shall be deemed to have become the holder or holders of record
      of the shares of Common Stock represented thereby.

(iii) As soon as practicable after the Conversion Date, but in any event within
      ten (10) business days after the holder has delivered the certificates (or
      affidavits of loss in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the
      Company) evidencing the shares of Series A Preferred Stock converted into
      shares of Common Stock in accordance herewith, the Corporation shall
      deliver to the converting holder:

          (x)  a certificate or certificates representing, in the aggregate, the
      number of shares of Common Stock issued upon such conversion, in the same
      name or names as the certificates representing the converted shares and in
      such denomination or denominations as the converting holder shall specify
      and a check for cash with respect to any fractional interest in a share of
      Common Stock as provided in clause (vii) of this Paragraph 7(a); and

          (y)  a certificate representing any shares that were represented by
      the certificate or certificates delivered to the Corporation in connection
      with such conversion but that were not converted.

(iv)  The issuance of certificates for shares of Common Stock upon conversion of
      Series A Preferred Stock shall be made without charge to the holders of
      such Series A Preferred Stock for any issuance tax in respect thereof or
      other cost incurred by the Corporation in connection with such conversion
      and the related issuance of shares of Common Stock. Upon conversion of any
      shares of Series A Preferred Stock, the Corporation shall take all such
      actions as are necessary in order to insure that the Common Stock so
      issued upon such conversion shall be validly issued, fully paid and
      nonassessable.

                                      -10-
<PAGE>

(v)   The Corporation shall not close its books against the transfer of Series A
      Preferred Stock or of Common Stock issued or issuable upon conversion of
      Series A Preferred Stock in any manner that interferes with the timely
      conversion of Series A Preferred Stock. The Corporation shall assist and
      cooperate with any holder of shares of Series A Preferred Stock required
      to make any governmental filings or obtain any governmental approval prior
      to or in connection with any conversion of shares of Series A Preferred
      Stock hereunder (including, without limitation, making any filings
      required to be made by the Corporation).

(vi)  The Corporation shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its
      authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock, solely for the purpose of
      issuance upon the conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock, such number
      of shares of Common Stock as are issuable upon the conversion of all
      outstanding Series A Preferred Stock. All shares of Common Stock that are
      so issuable shall, when issued, be duly and validly issued, fully paid and
      nonassessable. The Corporation shall take all such actions as may be
      necessary to assure that all such shares of Common Stock may be so issued
      without violation of any applicable law or governmental regulation
      applicable to the Corporation or any requirements of any domestic
      securities exchange upon which shares of Common Stock may be listed
      (except for official notice of issuance which shall be immediately
      delivered by the Corporation upon each such issuance).

(vii) No fractional shares of Common Stock or script shall be issued upon
      conversion of shares of the Series A Preferred Stock. If more than one
      share of Series A Preferred Stock shall be surrendered for conversion at
      any one time by the same holder, the number of full shares of Common Stock
      issuable upon conversion thereof shall be computed on the basis of the
      aggregate number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock so surrendered.
      Instead of any fractional shares of Common Stock which would otherwise be
      issuable upon conversion of any shares of Series A Preferred Stock, the
      Corporation shall pay a cash adjustment in respect of such fractional
      interest equal to the fair market value of such fractional interest as
      determined by the Corporation's Board of Directors.

(b)  Conversion Price. The initial conversion price shall be nine dollars
     ----------------
($9.00), which may be adjusted from time to time hereafter (as so adjusted, the
"Conversion Price").  If and whenever on or after the original date of issuance
of the Series A Preferred Stock the Corporation issues or sells, or in
accordance with Paragraph 7(c) is deemed to have issued or sold, any shares of
its Common Stock or Convertible Securities for a consideration per share less
than the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to the time of such issue
or sale, then upon such issue or sale, the Conversion Price shall be reduced to
an amount determined by dividing (a) the sum of (1) the product derived by
multiplying (i) the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such issue
or sale times (ii) the number of shares of Common Stock Deemed Outstanding
immediately prior to such issue or sale, plus (2) the consideration, if any,
received (or deemed received pursuant to Paragraph 7(c)(ii) below) by the
Corporation upon such issue or sale, by (b) the number of shares of Common Stock
Deemed Outstanding immediately after such issue or sale.

(c)  Effect on Conversion Price of Certain Events.  For purposes of determining
     --------------------------------------------
the adjusted Conversion Price under Paragraph 7, the following shall be
applicable:

(i)   Issuance of Convertible Securities.  If the Corporation in any manner
      ----------------------------------
      issues or sells any Convertible Securities, whether or not the rights to
      exchange or convert any such Convertible Securities are immediately
      exercisable, and the price per share for which Common Stock is issuable
      upon such conversion or exchange is less than the Conversion Price in
      effect immediately prior to the time of such issue or sale, then the
      maximum number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion or
      exchange of such Convertible Securities shall be deemed to be outstanding
      and to have been issued and sold by the Corporation at the time of the
      issuance or sale of such Convertible Securities for such price per share.
      For the purposes of this paragraph, the "price per share for which Common
      Stock is issuable" shall be determined by dividing (a) the total amount
      received or receivable by the Corporation as consideration for the issue
      or sale of such Convertible Securities, plus the cumulative minimum
      aggregate amount of additional consideration, if any, payable to the
      Corporation upon the exercise, conversion or exchange thereof and, if
      applicable, the exercise, conversion and exchange of any other Convertible
      Securities that such Convertible Securities may be converted into or
      exchanged for, by (b) the total maximum number of shares of Common Stock
      issuable upon the conversion or exchange of all such Convertible

                                      -11-
<PAGE>

      Securities. No further adjustment of the Conversion Price shall be made
      when Common Stock and, if applicable, any other Convertible Securities,
      are actually issued upon the exercise, conversion or exchange of such
      Convertible Securities.

(ii)  Change in Exercise Price or Conversion Rate.  If the additional
      -------------------------------------------
      consideration payable to the Corporation upon the exercise, conversion or
      exchange of any Convertible Securities, or the rate at which any
      Convertible Securities are convertible into or exchangeable for Common
      Stock should change at any time, the Conversion Price in effect at the
      time of such change shall be readjusted to the Conversion Price that would
      have been in effect at such time had such Convertible Securities that are
      still outstanding provided for such changed additional consideration or
      changed conversion rate, as the case may be, at the time such Convertible
      Securities were initially granted, issued or sold; and on the termination
      date of any right to exercise, convert or exchange such Convertible
      Securities without such right having been duly exercised, the Conversion
      Price then in effect hereunder shall be increased to the Conversion Price
      that would have been in effect at the time of such termination had such
      Convertible Securities, to the extent outstanding immediately prior to
      such termination, never been issued.

(iii) Exceptions for Excluded Securities.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, no
      ----------------------------------
      adjustments shall be made under this Paragraph 7(c) with respect to the
      issuance of any Excluded Securities.

(iv)  Valuation of Non-Cash Consideration.  In the event that Convertible
      -----------------------------------
      Securities are issued for consideration other than cash, the value of such
      consideration shall be made by a good faith determination by the Board.

(d) Subdivision or Combination of Common Stock.  If the Corporation at any time
    ------------------------------------------
subdivides (by any stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization or otherwise)
its outstanding shares of Common Stock into a greater number of shares, the
Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such combination shall be
proportionately reduced, and conversely, in the event the outstanding shares of
Common Stock shall be combined (by reverse stock split or otherwise) into a
smaller number of shares, the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to
such combination shall be proportionately increased.  In any such event all
numbers, percentages, computations and the like in this Section (b) of Article
FOURTH shall be deemed modified as necessary to give appropriate effect to such
subdivision or combination.

(e) Certain Events.  If an event not specified in this Paragraph 7 occurs that
    --------------
has substantially the same economic effect on the Series A Preferred Stock as
those specifically enumerated, then this Paragraph 7 shall be construed
liberally, mutatis mutandis, in order to give the Series A Preferred Stock the
           ------- --------
intended benefit of the protections provided under this Paragraph 7.  In such
event, the Corporation's Board of Directors shall make an appropriate adjustment
in the Conversion Price so as to protect the rights of the holders of Series A
Preferred Stock; provided that no such adjustment shall increase the Conversion
                 --------
Price as otherwise determined pursuant to this Paragraph 7 or decrease the
number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of each share of
Series A Preferred Stock.

(f) Notices.
    -------

(i)   Immediately upon any adjustment of the Conversion Price, the Corporation
      shall give written notice thereof to all holders of Series A Preferred
      Stock, setting forth in reasonable detail and certifying the calculation
      of such adjustment.

(ii)  The Corporation shall give written notice to all holders of Series A
      Preferred Stock at least twenty (20) days prior to the date on which the
      Corporation closes its books or takes a record (a) with respect to any
      dividend or distribution upon Common Stock, (b) with respect to any pro
      rata subscription offer to holders of Common Stock or (c) for determining
      rights to vote with respect to any dissolution or liquidation.

(g) Mandatory Conversion.  Each share of Series A Preferred Stock shall
    --------------------
automatically be converted into fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common
Stock of the Corporation on the basis set forth in Paragraph 7(a) upon not less
than 10 days prior written notice of conversion (the "Conversion Notice") from
the Corporation, which Conversion Notice

                                      -12-
<PAGE>

and mandatory conversion shall not be effective unless (i) the average closing
bid price (or closing sales price, as applicable) per share for the
Corporation's Common Stock on the Nasdaq Stock Market (or such national stock
exchange upon which the Corporation's Common Stock is then listed), for the
period of thirty (30) consecutive trading days ending on the last trading day
prior to the giving of the Conversion Notice, is (aa) in the case of a
Conversion Notice given prior to April 10, 2002, at least three hundred percent
(300%) of the highest Conversion Price in effect during any portion of such
thirty (30) trading day period or (bb) in the case of a Conversion Notice given
on or after April 10, 2002, at least one hundred percent (100%) of the highest
Conversion Price in effect during any portion of such thirty (30) trading day
period, and (ii) a "Shelf Registration" pursuant to the Registration Rights
Agreement with respect to the "Registrable Securities" (including those issuable
upon such conversion) shall be effective as of the time the Series A Preferred
Stock converts into Common Stock. Holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock
so converted may deliver to the Corporation at its principal office (or such
other office or agency of the Corporation as the Corporation may designate by
notice in writing to such holders) during its usual business hours, the
certificate or certificates for the shares so converted. At such time as at
least 500,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall have been converted into
Common Stock pursuant to this Paragraph 7, all other then outstanding shares of
Series A Preferred Stock shall thereupon automatically be converted into fully
paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock of the Corporation in the basis
set forth in Paragraph 7(a). As promptly as practicable after such conversion,
the Corporation shall issue and deliver to such holder a certificate or
certificates for the number of whole shares of Common Stock to which such holder
is entitled, together with any cash dividends and payment in lieu of fractional
shares to which such holder may be entitled pursuant to this Paragraph 7. Until
such time as a holder of shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall surrender its
certificate or certificates therefor as provided above, such certificates shall
be deemed to represent the shares of Common Stock to which such holder shall be
entitled upon the surrender thereof.

8. Redemption.
   ----------

(a)  The Series A Preferred Stock may be redeemed (in whole or in part) at the
option of the holders of the Requisite Percentage of Series A Preferred Stock on
or after the Maturity Date (an "Optional Redemption").  In any such case, the
holders of the Requisite Percentage of Series A Preferred Stock shall notify the
Corporation in writing of its or their intent to exercise the rights afforded by
this Paragraph 8(a) and specify a date not less than 90 nor more than 180 days
from the date of such notice on which the Series A Preferred Stock shall be
redeemed (the "Optional Redemption Date"). Upon receipt of such notice, the
Corporation shall promptly notify the remaining holders of the Series A
Preferred Stock of the Optional Redemption Date.  The remaining holders have the
right to participate in such redemption if they so elect by giving the
Corporation written notice to such effect within 20 days of having received such
notice.  The Corporation shall redeem on the Optional Redemption Date all shares
of Series A Preferred Stock being redeemed in cash by wire transfer of
immediately available funds in an amount equal to the greater of the Series A
Preference Amount of such shares or the Minimum Preference Amount of such shares
to the extent funds are legally available for such redemption.

(b)  If the funds of the Corporation legally available for redemption of shares
of Series A Preferred Stock on an Optional Redemption Date are insufficient to
redeem the total number of outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock
entitled to redemption, the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock
entitled to redemption shall share ratably in any funds legally available for
redemption of such shares according to the respective amounts that would be
payable with respect to the full number of shares owned by them if all such
outstanding shares were redeemed in full.  At any time thereafter when
additional funds of the Corporation are legally available for the redemption of
such shares of Series A Preferred Stock, such funds will be used at the earliest
permissible time, to redeem the balance of such shares, or such portion thereof
for which funds are then legally available.  From and after the Corporation's
receipt of an Optional Redemption notice pursuant to Paragraph 8(a), the
Corporation shall be obligated to use its best efforts to take such actions as
may be necessary (including, without limitation, the issuance of additional
equity securities, the revaluation or recapitalization of the Corporation or the
consummation of a merger or sale of assets) in order to permit the full and
timely redemption of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock entitled to
redemption.

(c)  If, for any reason, the Corporation fails to redeem all shares of Series A
Preferred Stock entitled to redemption on an Optional Redemption Date (i) the
unredeemed shares shall remain outstanding and shall continue to have all rights
and preferences (including, without limitation, dividend and voting rights)
provided for herein, and (ii) the holders of

                                      -13-
<PAGE>

such unredeemed shares shall have the ongoing right to be redeemed in accordance
with this Paragraph 8, together with such rights and remedies as may be
available under applicable law.

(d)  The notices provided for in this Paragraph 8 shall be sent, if by or on
behalf of the Corporation, to the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock at
their respective addresses as shall then appear on the records of the
Corporation, or if by any holder of Series A Preferred Stock to the Corporation
at its principal executive office as set forth in the Purchase Agreement, by
first class mail, postage prepaid, (i) notifying such recipient of the
redemption, the date of such redemption, the number of shares of Series A
Preferred Stock to be redeemed, and the redemption price therefor and (ii) in
the case of any notice by or on behalf of the Corporation, stating the place or
places at which the shares called for redemption shall, upon presentation and
surrender of such certificates representing such shares, be redeemed.

9.  Status of Reacquired Shares.  Any shares of Series A Preferred Stock
    ---------------------------
redeemed pursuant to Paragraph 8 or otherwise acquired by the Corporation in any
manner whatsoever shall be canceled and shall not under any circumstances be
reissued; and the Corporation may from time to time take such appropriate
corporate action as may be necessary to reduce accordingly the number of
authorized shares of Series A Preferred Stock.

10.  Rank.  The Series A Preferred Stock shall rank senior in right as to
     ----
dividends and upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up to all Junior
Securities, whenever issued.

11.  Identical Rights.  Each share of the Series A Preferred Stock shall have
     ----------------
the same relative rights and preferences as, and shall be identical in all
respects with, all other shares of the Series A Preferred Stock.

12.  Certificates.  So long as any shares of the Series A Preferred Stock are
     ------------
outstanding, there shall be set forth on the face or back of each stock
certificate issued by the Corporation a statement as required by Section 151(f)
of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

13.  Amendments.  Any provision of these terms of the Series A Preferred Stock
     ----------
may be amended, modified or waived if and only if the holder of the Requisite
Percentage of Series A Preferred Stock has consented in writing or by an
affirmative vote to such amendment, modification or waiver of any such provision
of this Section (b) of Article FOURTH.

14.  Definitions.
     -----------

"Affiliate or Affiliates" shall mean with respect to any Person, any other
     Person that would be considered to be an affiliate of such Person under
     Rule 144(a) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, as in effect on
     April 10, 1998, if such Person were issuing securities.

"Certificate of Incorporation" shall mean this Certificate of Incorporation, as
     amended from time to time.

"Common Stock" shall mean the Corporation's Common Stock, $.01 par value.

"Common Stock Deemed Outstanding" shall mean, at any given time, the number of
     shares of Common Stock actually outstanding at such time, plus the number
     of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Series A
     Preferred Stock, plus the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon
     the exercise in full of all Convertible Securities whether or not the
     Convertible Securities are convertible into, exercisable or exchangeable
     for Common Stock at such time.

"Conversion Price" shall have the meaning set forth in Paragraph 7(b) hereof.

"Convertible Securities" shall mean securities or obligations that are
     exercisable for, convertible into or exchangeable for shares of Common
     Stock.  The term includes options, warrants or other rights to subscribe
     for or purchase Common Stock or to subscribe for or purchase other
     securities that are convertible into or exchanged for Common Stock.

"Excluded Securities" shall mean any (a) Common Stock or Convertible Securities
     issued in respect of Excluded Securities (for this purpose, only as such
     term is defined in the Articles of Organization of CTC Communications
     Corp., a Massachusetts corporation, as in effect immediately before the
     Reorganization in connection with the Reorganization, (b) Common Stock
     issuable upon the exercise, conversion or exchange of Convertible
     Securities described in clause (a), or (c) Common Stock or warrants or
     options to acquire Common

                                      -14-
<PAGE>

     Stock issued after the consummation of the Reorganization to (i) employees,
     directors or consultants to the Corporation or its subsidiaries with the
     approval of the Compensation Committee to the extent such approval is
     required under Paragraph 5(c) hereof, (ii) lenders who are not Affiliates
     of the Corporation as partial consideration for senior debt financing to
     the Corporation, (iii) equipment lessors who are not Affiliates of the
     Corporation as partial consideration for equipment lease financing to the
     Corporation, (iv) licensors who are not Affiliates of the Corporation as
     partial consideration for license agreements with the Corporation, (v) bond
     and Straight Preferred Stock purchasers as partial consideration for
     issuances of debt securities or Straight Preferred Stock pursuant to
     underwritten public offerings of such debt securities or Straight Preferred
     Stock under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, (vi) bond and Straight
     Preferred Stock purchasers as partial consideration for issuance of such
     debt securities or Straight Preferred Stock pursuant to offerings under
     Rule 144A yielding the Corporation, with respect to each such offering,
     proceeds of at least $75,000,000 (net of any interest or dividend escrows
     or similar arrangements), (vii) bond and Straight Preferred Stock
     purchasers as partial consideration for issuances of such debt securities
     or Straight Preferred Stock pursuant to offerings under Rule 144A yielding
     the Corporation with respect to each such offering, proceeds of at least
     $40,000,000 (net of any interest or dividend escrows or similar
     arrangements) sold to at least five purchasers, who are not Affiliates of
     one another, (viii) any Persons (including the stockholders or owners of
     Persons) as all or part of the consideration paid for the acquisition of
     ownership interests in, or assets of, such Person unless (aa) such Person
     is an Affiliate of the Corporation (other than a Subsidiary) or (bb)
     Affiliates of the Corporation collectively own more than ten percent (10%)
     of the ownership interests in such Person or (ix) to Comm-Tract Corp. and
     Comm-Tract Corp. of New York or their owners in consideration for the
     acquisition of said companies by the Corporation involving the issuance of
     Common Stock at a price which is not less than $9.00 per share. For
     purposes of clause (viii) above, the value of consideration other than cash
     received by the Corporation in return for the issuance of Common Stock
     shall be determined in good faith by the Board.

"Independent Directors" shall have the meaning set forth in Paragraph 6 hereof.

"Junior Securities" shall mean any of the Corporation's Common Stock and all
     other equity securities of the Corporation other than (i) the Series A
     Preferred Stock and (ii) any other shares of the Corporation's preferred
     stock (a) which by their terms, state that they are not Junior Securities
     or provide the holders thereof with rights pari passu with or senior to
                                                ---- -----
     those of the holders of Series A Preferred Stock and (b) are issued in
     compliance with this Section (b) of Article FOURTH.

"Maturity Date" shall mean April 9, 2003.

"Minimum Preference Amount" shall mean $25.41 per share of Series A Preferred
     Stock.

"Person" shall mean an individual, partnership, corporation, association, trust,
     joint venture, unincorporated organization and any government, governmental
     department or agency or political subdivision thereof.

"Preferred Stock" shall mean the Series A Preferred Stock.

"Preferred Stock Derivatives" shall mean any Common Stock or Convertible
     Securities issued to holders of Series A Preferred Stock in exchange
     therefor, as a stock dividend thereon, in respect thereof in connection
     with a stock split or recapitalization or in connection with the exercise
     of preemptive rights pertaining thereto pursuant to the Purchase Agreement.

"Purchase Agreement" shall mean that certain Securities Purchase Agreement dated
     as of April 10, 1998 among the Purchasers named therein and CTC
     Communications Corp., as it may be amended from time to time.

"Purchase Price" of any share of Series A Preferred Stock shall be $18.00.

"Registration Rights Agreement" shall mean that certain Registration Rights
     Agreement between CTC Communications Corp. and the holder(s) of the Series
     A Preferred Stock, as it may be amended from time to time.

"Reorganization" shall mean the consummation of the transactions by which CTC
     Communications Corp. becomes a subsidiary of this Corporation pursuant to
     the Amended and Restated Agreement and Plan of Reorganization between CTC
     Communications Group, Inc. A Delaware Corporation, CTC-Newco, Inc. a
     Delaware corporation and CTC Communications Corp., a Massachusetts
     corporation dated as of March 1, 1999.

"Required Consent" shall have the meaning set forth in Paragraph 5.

"Requisite Percentage" shall mean a majority.

"Restricted Action" shall have the meaning set forth in Paragraph 5.

"Sale of the Corporation" shall mean a single transaction or a series of
     transactions pursuant to which a Person or Persons acquire (i) capital
     stock of the Corporation possessing the voting power to elect a majority of
     the

                                      -15-
<PAGE>

     Corporation's board of directors (whether by merger, consolidation or sale
     or transfer of the Corporation's capital stock); or (ii) all or
     substantially all of the Corporation's assets determined on a consolidated
     basis.

"Senior Preferred Stock" shall mean the Series A Preferred Stock and any other
     preferred stock of the Corporation designated by the Corporation in
     accordance with this Section (b) of Article FOURTH, the terms of which
     preferred stock provide for it to be treated as Senior Preferred Stock for
     purposes of the particular sections herein in which the term "Senior
     Preferred Stock" is used.

"Series A Preference Amount" shall mean, as of any date, an amount per share of
     Series A Preferred Stock equal to the Purchase Price increasing from April
     10, 1998 through the date in question at a rate of nine percent (9%) per
     annum, compounding semi-annually in arrears from April 10, 1998 and
     prorated on a daily basis for partial periods.

"Series A Preferred Stock" shall mean the Corporation's Series A Preferred
     Stock, $1.00 par value.

"Straight Preferred Stock" shall mean preferred stock of the Corporation which
     (i) is neither a Convertible Security nor convertible into or exchangeable
     for any other security other than preferred stock meeting the requirements
     of this definition or debt securities, (ii) is issued solely for cash
     payable upon issuance, (iii) accrues dividends only at a rate or rates
     fixed in the certificate of designation or amendment to the Certificate of
     Incorporation designating such preferred stock, (iv) has no voting rights
     other than as required by law, (v) entitles the holders thereof to receive,
     in the aggregate, not more than the purchase price therefor plus the amount
     of any accrued unpaid dividends in respect thereof, and (vi) does not
     otherwise directly or indirectly alter or change the powers, preferences or
     special rights of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock so as to affect
     them adversely.

"Subsidiary" shall mean, with respect to any Person, any corporation,
     partnership, association or other business entity of which (i) if a
     corporation, a majority of the total voting power of shares of stock
     entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in
     the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time
     owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more
     of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof, or (ii)
     if a partnership, association or other business entity, a majority of the
     partnership or other similar ownership interest thereof is at the time
     owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by any Person or one or more
     Subsidiaries of that person or a combination thereof.  For purposes hereof,
     a Person or Persons shall be deemed to have a majority ownership interest
     in a partnership, association or other business entity if such Person or
     Persons shall be allocated a majority of partnership, association or other
     business entity gains or losses or shall be or control the managing general
     partner of such partnership, association or other business entity.

"Warrants" shall mean the Warrants issued pursuant to the Purchase Agreement to
     purchase 133,333 shares of Common Stock, as adjusted from time to time.

15.  Severability of Provisions.  If any right, preference or limitation of the
     --------------------------
Series A Preferred Stock set forth in this Resolution (as such Resolution may be
amended from time to time) is invalid, unlawful or incapable of being enforced
by reason of any rule, law or public policy, all other rights preferences and
limitations set forth in this Resolution (as so amended) which can be given
effect without implicating the invalid, unlawful or unenforceable right
preference or limitation shall, nevertheless, remain in full force and effect,
and no right, preference or limitation herein set forth shall be deemed
dependent upon any other right, preference or limitation unless so expressed
herein.

16.  Preemptive Rights.  The Purchasers who are parties to the Purchase
     -----------------
Agreement have certain preemptive rights set forth in the Purchase Agreement
entitling them, in certain circumstances, to acquire securities to be issued by
the Corporation.

     FIFTH:    The name and address of the incorporator are as follows:

          NAME                ADDRESS
          ----                -------
          Michael Barr        10 Bank Street
                              White Plains, New York 10606

                                      -16-
<PAGE>

     SIXTH:    The following provisions are inserted for the management of the
business and for the conduct of the affairs of the corporation, and for further
definition, limitation and regulation of the powers of the corporation and of
its directors and stockholders:

          (1) Subject to the provisions of this Certificate of Incorporation,
     the number of directors of the corporation shall be such as from time to
     time shall be fixed by, or in the manner provided in the by-laws. Election
     of directors need not be by ballot unless the by-laws so provide.

          (2) Subject to the provisions of this Certificate of Incorporation,
     the Board of Directors shall have power without the assent or vote of the
     stockholders:

               (a)  To make, alter, amend, change, add to or repeal the By-Laws
          of the corporation; to fix and vary the amount to be reserved for any
          proper purpose; to authorize and cause to be executed mortgages and
          liens upon all or any part of the property of the corporation; to
          determine the use and disposition of any surplus or net profits; and
          to fix the times for the declaration and payment of dividends.

               (b)  To determine from time to time whether, and to what times
          and places, and under what conditions the accounts and books of the
          corporation (other than the stock ledger) or any of them, shall be
          open to the inspection of the stockholders.

          (3) The directors in their discretion may submit any contract or act
     for approval or ratification at any annual meeting of the stockholders or
     at any meeting of the stockholders called for the purpose of considering
     any such act or contract, and any contract or act that shall be approved or
     be ratified by the vote of the holders of a majority of the stock of the
     corporation which is represented in person or by proxy at such meeting and
     entitled to vote thereat (provided that a lawful quorum of stockholders be
     there represented in person or by proxy) shall be as valid and as binding
     upon the corporation and upon all the stockholders as though it had been
     approved or ratified by every stockholder of the corporation, whether or
     not the contract or act would otherwise be open to legal attack because of
     director's interest, or for any other reason.

          (4) In addition to the powers and authorities hereinbefore or by
     statute expressly conferred upon them, the directors are hereby empowered
     to exercise all such powers and do all such acts and things as may be
     exercised or done by the corporation; subject, nevertheless, to the
     provisions of the statutes of Delaware, of this certificate, and to any by-
     laws from time to time made by the stockholders, provided, however, that no
     by-laws so made shall invalidate any prior act of the directors which would
     have been valid if such by-law had not been made.

     SEVENTH:  No director shall be liable to the corporation or any of its
stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director,
except with respect to (1) a breach of the director's duty of loyalty to the
corporation or its stockholders, (2) acts or omissions not in good faith or
which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (3)
liability under Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law or (4) a
transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit, it
being the intention of the foregoing provision to eliminate the liability of the
corporation's directors to the corporation or its stockholders to the fullest
extent permitted by Section 102(b)(7) of the Delaware General Corporation Law,
as amended from time to time. The corporation shall indemnify to the fullest
extent permitted by Sections 102(b)(7) and 145 of the Delaware General
Corporation Law, as amended from time to time, each person that such Sections
grant the corporation the power to indemnify.

     EIGHTH:   Whenever a compromise or arrangement is proposed between this
corporation and its creditors or any class of them and/or between this
corporation and its stockholders or any class of them (Excluding Series A
Convertible Preferred Stock), any court or equitable jurisdiction within the
State of Delaware, may, on the

                                      -17-
<PAGE>

application in a summary way of this corporation or of any creditor or
stockholder thereof or on the application of any receiver or receivers appointed
for this corporation under the provisions of Section 291 of Title 8 of the
Delaware Code or on the application of trustees in dissolution or of any
receiver or receivers appointed for this corporation under the provisions of
Section 279 Title 8 of the Delaware Code order a meeting of the creditors or
class of creditors, and/or of the stockholders or class of stockholders of this
corporation, as the case may be, to be summoned in such manner as the said court
directs. If a majority in number representing three-fourths (3/4) in value of
the stockholders of this corporation, as the case may be, agree to any
compromise or arrangement and to any reorganization of this corporation as
consequence of any such compromise or arrangement, the said compromise or
arrangement and the said reorganization shall, if sanctioned by the court to
which the said application has been made, be binding on all the creditors or
class of creditors, and/or on all the stockholders or class of stockholders, of
this corporation, as the case may be, and also on this corporation.

     NINTH:    The corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or
repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation in the
manner now or hereafter prescribed by law and this Certificate of Incorporation,
and all rights and powers conferred herein on stockholders, directors and
officers are subject to this reserved power.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned hereby executes this document and
affirms that the facts set forth herein are true under the penalties of perjury
this _____________day of ___________, 1999.



     __________________________________
     Michael Barr, Incorporator

                                      -18-
<PAGE>

                                                                      APPENDIX C

                                    BY-LAWS

                                      OF

                        CTC COMMUNICATIONS GROUP, INC.

                                   ARTICLE I
                                 Stockholders

Section 1.  ANNUAL MEETING.  The Annual Meeting of Stockholders shall be held
each year on a date and at a time designated by the Board of Directors.  At the
Annual Meeting of Stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as shall
have been properly brought before the Meeting.

Section 2.  SPECIAL MEETINGS. Special Meetings may be called at any time by the
Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer (or, if there is
not a Chief Executive Officer, the President) or the Corporation's Board of
Directors.

Section 3.  PLACE OF MEETING. All meetings of stockholders shall be held at the
principal office of the Corporation unless a different place (within the United
States) is fixed by the Directors or the President and stated in the notice of
the meeting.

Section 4.  NOTICE OF MEETINGS.  Except as hereinafter provided, a written
notice of every meeting of stockholders, stating the place, date and hour
thereof, and the purposes for which the meeting is to be held, shall be given by
the Secretary or by the person calling the meeting at least ten (10) but not
more than (60) days before the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote
thereat and to each stockholder, who, by law, by the Certificate of
Incorporation or by these By-Laws is entitled to such notice, by leaving such
notice with him or at his residence or usual place of business, or by mailing it
postage prepaid and addressed to such stockholder at his address as it appears
upon the books of the Corporation.  No notice need be given to any stockholder
if a written waiver of notice, executed before or after the meeting by the
stockholder or his attorney thereunto authorized, is filed with the records of
the meeting.

Section 5.  QUORUM.  Except as otherwise provided by law or in the Certificate
of Incorporation or these By-Laws, the holders of a majority of the issued and
outstanding stock of the Corporation entitled to vote shall constitute a quorum
for the transaction of business.

Section 6.  VOTING AND PROXIES.  Each stockholder shall have one vote for each
share of stock entitled to vote held by him of record according to the records
of the Corporation, unless otherwise provided by the Certificate of
Incorporation.  Stockholders may vote either in person or by written proxy dated
not more than three years before the meeting named therein, unless the proxy
provides for a longer period.  Proxies shall be filed with the Secretary of the
meeting, or of any adjournment thereof, before being voted.  Except as otherwise
limited therein, proxies shall entitle the persons named therein to vote at any
adjournment of such meeting.  A proxy with respect to stock held in the name of
two or more persons shall be valid if executed by one of them unless at or prior
to exercise of the proxy the Corporation receives a specific written notice to
the contrary from any one of them.  A proxy purporting to be executed by or on
behalf of a stockholder shall be deemed valid unless challenged at or prior to
its exercise.

Section 7.  ACTION AT MEETING.  When a quorum is present, the holders of a
majority of the stock present or represented and voting on a matter, (or if
there are two or more classes of stock entitled to vote as separate classes,
then in the case of each such class, the holders of a majority of the stock of
that class present or represented

                                      -19-
<PAGE>

and voting on a matter) except where a larger vote is required by law, the
Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, shall decide any matter to be
voted on by the stockholders. Any election by stockholders shall be determined
by a plurality of the votes cast by the stockholders entitled to vote at the
election. No ballot shall be required for such election unless requested by a
stockholder present or represented at the meeting and entitled to vote in the
election. The Corporation shall not directly or indirectly vote any share of its
stock.

Section 8.   ACTION WITHOUT MEETING.  Unless otherwise provided by the
Certificate of Incorporation, any action required or permitted to be taken by
stockholders at any annual or special meeting may be taken without a meeting and
without prior notice, if the stockholders having the number of votes that would
be necessary to take such action at a meeting at which all stockholders were
present and voted, consent to the action in writing and the written consents are
filed with the records of the meetings of stockholders. All such consents must,
in order to be effective, be signed and delivered to the Corporation within
sixty days after the earliest dated consent is delivered to the Corporation.
Such consent shall be treated for all purposes as a vote at a meeting.

Section 9.   NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDER BUSINESS AND NOMINATION OF DIRECTORS.

     (a)     Annual Meetings of Stockholders.

     (i)   Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors of the
Corporation and the proposal of business to be considered by the stockholders
may be made at an annual meeting of stockholders (x) pursuant to the
Corporation's notice of meeting, (y) by or at the direction of the Board of
Directors or (z) by any stockholder of the Corporation who was a stockholder of
record at the time of giving of notice provided for in this Section 9, is
entitled to vote at the meeting and has complied with the notice procedures set
forth in this Section 9.

     (ii)  For nomination or other business to be properly brought before an
annual meeting by a stockholder pursuant to clause (z) of paragraph (a)(i) of
this Section 9, the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing
to the Secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive office of the
Corporation not less than 60 days nor more than 90 days prior to the first
anniversary of the preceding year's annual meeting; provided, however, that in
the event that the date of the annual meeting is advanced by more than 30 days
or delayed by more than 60 days from such anniversary date, notice by the
stockholder to be timely must be so delivered not earlier than the 90th day
prior to such annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the
later of (x) the 60th day prior to such annual meeting and (y) the 10th day
following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is
first made.  Such stockholder's notice shall set forth:  (1) as to each person
whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election or reelection as a
Director all information relating to such person that is required to be
disclosed in solicitations of proxies for election of Directors, or is otherwise
required, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act") (including such person's written
consent to being named in the proxy statement as a nominee and to serving as a
Director if elected); (2) as to any other business that the stockholder proposes
to bring before the meeting, a brief description of the business desired to be
brought before the meeting, the reasons for conducting such business at the
meeting and any material interest in such business of such stockholder and the
beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made; (3) as to the
stockholder giving notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the
nomination or proposal is made, (A) the name and address of such stockholder, as
they appear on the Corporation's books, and of such beneficial owner and (B) the
class and number of shares of the Corporation which are owned beneficially and
of record by such stockholder and such beneficial owner.

     (iii) Notwithstanding anything in the second sentence of paragraph (a)(ii)
of this Section 9 to the contrary, in the event that any person nominated by the
Board of Directors of the Corporation for election as a Director (other than a
person nominated to fill a vacancy created by the death of a Director) was not a
Director or nominee named (x) in the Corporation's proxy statement for the
preceding annual meeting or (y) in a public announcement made by this
Corporation at least 60 days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding
year's annual meeting (a "New Nominee"), a stockholder's notice required by this
Section 9 shall also be considered timely if it shall be delivered to the
Secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive offices of the
Corporation not later than the close of

                                      -20-
<PAGE>

business on the 10th day following the date on which public announcement is
first made by the Corporation of the election or nomination of such New Nominee
to the Board of Directors.

     (iv)  The Corporation shall set forth in its proxy statement for each
annual meeting of stockholders the date by which notice of nominations by
stockholders of persons for election as a Director or for other business
proposed to be brought by stockholders at the next annual meeting of
stockholders must be received by the Corporation to be considered timely
pursuant to this Section 9.  With respect to the first annual meeting of
stockholders after the adoption of this Section 9, the Corporation shall issue a
public announcement setting forth such information not less than 30 days prior
to the applicable date.

(b)  Special Meetings of Stockholders.  Only such business shall be conducted at
a special meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting
pursuant to the Corporation's notice of meeting. Nominations of persons for
election to the Board of Directors of the Corporation may be made at a special
meeting of stockholders at which Directors are to be elected pursuant to the
Corporation's notice of meeting (x) by or at the direction of the Board of
Directors or (y) by any stockholder of the Corporation who (1) is a stockholder
of record at the time of giving of notice provided for in this Section 9, (2) is
entitled to vote at the meeting and (3) complies with the notice procedures set
forth in this Section 9. Stockholders desiring to nominate persons for election
to the Board of Directors at such a special meeting of stockholders shall
deliver the stockholder's notice required by paragraph (a)(ii) of this Section 9
to the Secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive offices of the
Corporation not earlier than the 90th day prior to such special meeting and not
later than the close of business on the later of (A) the 60th day prior to such
special meeting and (B) the 10th day following the day on which public
announcement is first made of the date of the special meeting and of the
nominees proposed by the Board of Directors to be elected at such meeting.

(c)  General.

     (i)   Only persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures set
forth in this Section 9 shall be eligible to serve as Directors.  Only such
business shall be conducted at a meeting of stockholders as shall have been
brought before the meeting in accordance with the procedures set forth in
Section 9.  The chairman of the meeting shall have the power and duty to
determine whether a nomination or any business proposed to be brought before the
meeting was made in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 9
and, if any proposed nomination or business is not in compliance with this
Section 9, to declare that such defective proposal shall be disregarded.

     (ii)  For purposes of this Section 9, "public announcement" shall mean
disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated
Press or comparable national news service or in a document publicly filed by the
Corporation with the Securities Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14
or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.

     (iii) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 9, a
stockholder shall also comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange
Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to the matters set
forth in this Section 9. Nothing in this Section 9 shall be deemed to limit the
Corporation's obligation to include stockholder proposals in its proxy statement
if such inclusion is required by Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act or any
successor Rule.

                                  ARTICLE II
                                   Directors

Section 1.  POWERS.  The business of the Corporation shall be managed by a Board
of Directors who may exercise all the powers of the Corporation including, but
not limited to, the issuance of stock, except as otherwise provided by law, by
the Articles of Organization or by these By-Laws.  In the event of a vacancy in
the Board of Directors, the remaining Directors, except as otherwise provided by
law, may exercise the powers of the full Board until the vacancy is filled.

                                      -21-
<PAGE>

Section 2.   NUMBER.  The Board of Directors shall fix the number of Directors
at not less than three nor more than eleven Directors; provided, however, that
the number of Directors shall be fixed at not less than two whenever there shall
be only two stockholders and not less than one whenever there shall be only one
stockholder. The number of Directors may be increased or decreased at any time
or from time to time by the vote of a majority of the Directors then in office.
No Director need be a stockholder.

Section 3.   CLASSIFICATION, ELECTION AND TENURE.  The Directors, other than
those who may be elected by the holders of any class or series of Preferred
Stock voting separately by class or series, shall be classified, with respect to
the duration of the term for which they severally hold office, into three
classes, designated Class I, Class II, and Class III, which shall be as nearly
equal in number as possible and as provided by resolution of the Board of
Directors in connection with such election.

     Each initial Director in Class I shall hold office for a term expiring at
the 1998 annual meeting of stockholders; each initial Director of Class II shall
hold office for a term expiring at the 1999 annual meeting of stockholders; and
each initial Director of Class III shall hold office for a term expiring at the
2000 annual meeting of stockholders.  Each Director shall serve until his
successor is duly elected and qualified or until his earlier death, resignation,
removal or disqualification.  At each annual meeting of stockholders following
the 1998 annual meeting, the stockholders shall elect the successors of the
class of Directors whose term expires at that meeting to hold office for a term
expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders held in the third year following
the year of their election and until their successors have been duly elected and
qualified or until their earlier death, resignation, removal or
disqualification.

     The Board of Directors shall increase or decrease the number of Directors
in one or more classes as may be appropriate whenever it increases or decreases
the number of Directors pursuant to Section 2 of this Article II, in order to
ensure that the three classes shall be as nearly equal in number as possible.

     Section 4.   VACANCIES.  Subject to the rights of the holders of shares of
any class or series of Preferred Stock, any vacancies on the Board of Directors
resulting from death, resignation or removal shall only be filled by the
affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining Directors then in office, even
though less than a quorum of the Board of Directors, or by a sole remaining
Director, and newly created Directorships resulting from any increase in the
number of Directors shall be filled by the Board of Directors, or if not so
filled, by the stockholders at the next annual meeting thereof or at a special
meeting called for that purpose in accordance with these By-laws. Any Director
elected in accordance with the preceding sentence shall hold office for the
remainder of the full term of the class of Directors in which the new
Directorship was created or the vacancy occurred and until such Director's
successor shall have been elected and qualified or until his earlier death,
resignation or removal.  The Directors shall have and may exercise all their
powers notwithstanding the existence of one or more vacancies in their number,
subject to any requirement of law or of the number of Directors as required for
a quorum or for any vote or other actions.

     Section 5.   RESIGNATION.  Any Director may resign by delivering his
written resignation to the Corporation at its principal office or to the
President or Secretary.  Such resignation shall be effective upon receipt unless
it is specified to be effective at some other time or upon the happening of some
other event.

     Section 6.   REMOVAL.  Except as otherwise provided in the Articles of
Organization or these By-laws relating to the rights of the holders of any class
or series of Preferred Stock voting separately by class or series, to elect
Directors under specified circumstances any Director or Directors may be removed
from office but only for cause and only by either the affirmative vote, at any
regular meeting or special meeting of the stockholders, of not less than a
majority of the total number of votes of the then outstanding shares of capital
stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of
Directors, voting together as a single class, but only if notice of such
proposal was contained in the notice of such meeting, or by the affirmative vote
of a majority of the Directors then in office.  A Director may be removed for
cause only after reasonable notice and opportunity to be heard before the body
opposing him.

                                      -22-
<PAGE>

     Section 7.   MEETINGS.  Regular meetings of the Directors may be held
without call or notice at such places and at such times as the Directors may
from time to time determine, provided that any Director who is absent when such
determination is made shall be given notice of the determination.  A regular
meeting of the Directors may be held without a call or notice at the same place
as the annual meeting of stockholders or the special meeting held in lieu
thereof, following such meetings of stockholders.

     Special meetings of the Directors may be held at any time and place
designated in a call by the President, Treasurer or two or more Directors.

     Section 8.   NOTICE OF MEETINGS.  Notice of all special meetings of the
Directors shall be given to each Director by the Secretary, or in case of the
death, absence, incapacity or refusal of the Secretary, by the officer or one of
the Directors calling the meeting.  Notice shall be given to each Director in
person, by telephone, facsimile or email at least twenty-four hours in advance
of the meeting, or by written notice mailed to his business or home address at
least forty-eight hours in advance of the meeting.  Notice need not be given to
any Director if a written waiver of notice, executed by him before or after the
meeting, is filed with the records of the meeting, or to any Director who
attends the meeting without protesting prior thereto or at its commencement the
lack of notice to him.  A notice or waiver of notice of a Directors' meeting
need not specify the purposes of the meeting.

     Section 9.   QUORUM.  At any meeting of the Directors, a majority of the
Directors then in office shall constitute a quorum.  Less than a quorum may
adjourn any meeting from time to time without further notice.

     Section 10.  ACTION AT MEETING. At any meeting of the Directors at which a
quorum is present, the vote of a majority of those present, unless a different
vote is specified by law, by the Articles of Organization, or by these By-Laws,
shall be sufficient to decide such matter.

     Section 11.  ACTION BY CONSENT.  Any action by the Directors may be taken
without a meeting if a written consent thereto is signed by all the Directors
and filed with the records of the Directors' Meetings.  Such consent shall be
treated as a vote of the Directors for all purposes.

     Section 12.  COMMITTEE.  The Directors may, by vote of a majority of the
Directors then in office, elect from their number an executive or other
committees and may by like vote delegate thereto some or all of their powers
except those which by law, the Articles of Organization or these By-Laws, they
are prohibited from delegating.  Except as the Directors may otherwise
determine, any such committee may make rules for the conduct of its business,
but unless otherwise provided by the Directors, or in such rules, its business
shall be conducted as nearly as may be in the same manner as is provided by
these By-Laws for the Directors.

     Section 13.  MEETING BY TELECOMMUNICATIONS.  Members of the Board of
Directors or any committee elected thereby may participate in a meeting of such
board or committee by means of a conference telephone or similar communications
equipment by means of which all persons participating in a meeting can hear each
other at the same time and participation by such means shall constitute presence
in person at the meeting.

                                  ARTICLE III
                                   Officers

     Section 1.   ENUMERATION.  The officers of the Corporation shall consist of
a President, a Treasurer, a Secretary, and such other officers, including a
Chairman of the Board of Directors, one or more Vice Presidents, Assistant
Treasurer, Assistant Secretary as the Directors may determine.

     Section 2.   ELECTION.  The President, Treasurer and Secretary shall be
elected annually by the Directors at their first meeting following the annual
meeting of stockholders.  Other officers may be chosen by the Directors at such
meeting or at any other meeting.

                                      -23-
<PAGE>

     Section 3.   QUALIFICATION.  The President may, but need not be, a
Director.  No officer need be a stockholder.  Any two or more officers may be
held by the same person provided that the President and Secretary shall not be
the same person.  Any officer may be required by the Directors to give bond for
the faithful performance of his duties to the Corporation in such amount and
with such sureties as the Directors may determine.

     Section 4.   TENURE.  Except as otherwise provided by law, the Certificate
of Incorporation or by these By-Laws, the President, Treasurer and Secretary
shall hold office until the first meeting of the Directors following the annual
meeting of stockholders and thereafter until his successor is chosen and
qualified; and all other officers shall hold office until the first meeting of
the Directors following the annual meeting of the stockholders, unless a shorter
term is specified in the vote choosing or appointing them.  An officer may
resign by delivering his written resignation to the Corporation at its principal
office or to the President or Secretary, and such resignation shall be effective
upon receipt unless it is specified to be effective at some other time or upon
the happening of some other event.

     Section 5.   REMOVAL.  The Directors may remove any officer with or without
cause by a vote of a majority of the entire number of Directors then in office,
provided, that an officer may be removed for cause only after reasonable notice
and opportunity to be heard by the Board of Directors prior to action thereon.

     Section 6.   CHAIRMAN, PRESIDENT AND VICE PRESIDENT.  The Chairman of the
Board of Directors, if there be one, shall be the chief executive officer of the
Corporation and shall, when present, preside at all meetings of the stockholders
and at all meetings of the Board of Directors.  The President shall have such
duties and powers as are prescribed by the Board of Directors.  Any Vice
President shall have such powers as the Directors may from time to time
designate.

     Section 7.   TREASURER AND ASSISTANT TREASURER.  The Treasurer shall,
subject to the direction of the Directors, have general charge of the financial
affairs of the Corporation and shall cause to be kept accurate books of account.
He shall have custody of all funds, securities, and valuable documents of the
Corporation, except as the Directors may otherwise provide.

     Any Assistant Treasurer shall have such powers as the Directors may from
time to time designate.

     Section 8.   SECRETARY.  The Secretary shall keep a record of the meetings
of stockholders and of the meetings of the Directors.  Unless a Transfer Agent
is appointed, the Secretary shall keep or cause to be kept at the principal
office of the Corporation or at his office, the stock and transfer records of
the Corporation, in which are contained the names of all stockholders and the
record address, and the amount of stock held by each.

     Any Assistant Secretary shall have such powers as the Directors may from
time to time designate.

     Section 9.   ASSISTANT SECRETARY.  Any Assistant Secretary shall have such
powers as the Directors may from time to time designate. In the absence of the
Secretary from any meeting of stockholders, an Assistant Secretary, if one be
elected, otherwise a Temporary Secretary designated by the person presiding at
the meeting, shall perform the duties of the Secretary.

     Section 10.  OTHER POWERS AND DUTIES. Each officer shall, subject to these
By-Laws, have in addition to the duties and powers specifically set forth in
these By-Laws, such duties and powers as are customarily incident to his office,
and such duties and powers as the Directors may from time to time designate.

                                      -24-
<PAGE>

                                  ARTICLE IV
                   Indemnification of Directors and Officers

     The Corporation shall to the extent legally permissible indemnify each of
its directors and officers and each person who shall serve or shall have served
at its request as a director or officer of another Corporation (and the heirs,
executors and administrators of such director, officer and other person) against
all expenses and liabilities which he has reasonably incurred in connection with
or arising out of any actual or threatened action, suit or proceeding in which
he may be involved by reason of his being or having been a director or officer
of the Corporation or by reason of his serving or having served at its request
as a director or officer of another Corporation (whether or not he continues to
be a director, or officer, at the time of incurring such expenses or
liabilities), such expenses and liabilities to include, but not be limited to,
judgments, court costs and attorneys' fees and the cost of reasonable
settlements, provided no such indemnification shall be made in relation to
matters as to which such director or officer shall be finally adjudged in any
such action, suit or proceeding not to have acted in good faith in the
reasonable belief that his action was in the best interests of the Corporation.
In the event that a settlement or compromise of such action, suit or proceeding
is effected, indemnification may be had but only if the Board of Directors shall
have been furnished with an opinion of counsel for the Corporation to the effect
that such settlement or compromise is in the best interest of the Corporation
and that such director or officer does not appear not to have acted in good
faith in the reasonable belief that his action was in the best interests of the
Corporation, and if the Board of Directors shall have adopted a resolution
approving such settlement or compromise.

     The foregoing right of indemnification shall not be exclusive of other
rights to which any director, officer or other corporate personnel may be
entitled as a matter of law.

                                   ARTICLE V
                                 Capital Stock

     Section 1.   CERTIFICATE OF STOCK.  Each stockholder shall be entitled to a
certificate of the capital stock of the Corporation in such form as may be
prescribed from time to time by the Directors.  The certificate shall be signed
by the President or a Vice President, and by the Treasurer or an Assistant
Treasurer, but when a certificate is countersigned by a transfer agent or a
registrar, other than a Director, officer or employee of the Corporation, such
signatures may be facsimiles.  In case any officer who has signed or whose
facsimile signature has been placed on such certificate shall have ceased to be
such officer before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the
Corporation with the same effect as if he were such officer at the time of its
issue.

     Every certificate for shares of stock which are subject to any restriction
on transfer pursuant to the Articles of Organization, the By-Laws, or any
agreement to which the Corporation is a party, shall have the restriction noted
conspicuously on the certificate and shall also set forth on the face or back
either the full text of the restriction or a statement of the existence of such
restriction and a statement that the Corporation will furnish a copy to the
holder of such certificate upon written request and without charge.

     Every certificate issued when the Corporation is authorized to issue more
than one class or series of stock shall set forth on its face or back either the
full text of the preferences, voting powers, qualifications and special and
relative rights of the shares of each class and series authorized to be issued
or a statement of the existence of such preferences, powers, qualifications and
right, and a statement that the Corporation will furnish a copy thereof to the
holder of such certificate upon written request and without charge.

     Section 2.   TRANSFERS.  Subject to the restrictions, if any, stated or
noted on the stock certificates, shares of stock may be transferred on the books
of the Corporation by the surrender to the Corporation or its transfer agent of
the certificate therefor properly endorsed or accompanied by a written
assignment and power of attorney properly executed, with necessary transfer
stamps affixed, and with such proof of the authenticity of signature as the
Corporation or its transfer agent may reasonably require.  Except as may be
otherwise required by law, the Articles of Organization or these By-Laws, the
Corporation shall be entitled to treat the record holder of stock as shown on
its

                                      -25-
<PAGE>

books as the owner of such stock for all purposes, including the payment of
dividends and the right to vote with respect thereto, regardless of any
transfer, pledge or other disposition of such stock, until the shares have been
transferred on the books of the Corporation in accordance with the requirements
of the By-Laws.

     It shall be the duty of each stockholder to notify the Corporation of his
post office address.

     Section 3.   RECORD DATE.  The Directors may fix in advance a time of not
more than sixty days preceding the date of any meeting of stockholders, or the
date for the payment of any dividend or the making of any distribution to
stockholders, or the last day on which the consent or dissent of stockholders
may be effectively expressed for any purpose, as the record date for determining
the stockholders having the right to notice of and to vote at such meeting, and
any adjournment thereof, or the right to receive such dividend or distribution
or the right to give such consent or dissent.  In such case only stockholders of
record on such record date shall have such right, notwithstanding any transfer
of stock on the books of the Corporation after the record date.  Without fixing
such record date, the Directors may for any of such purposes close the transfer
books for all or any part of such period.

     Section 4.   REPLACEMENT OF CERTIFICATES.  In case of the alleged loss or
destruction or the mutilation of a certificate of stock, a duplicate may be
issued in place thereof, upon such terms as the Directors may prescribe.

                                  ARTICLE VI
                                 Miscellaneous

     Section 1.   FISCAL YEAR.  Except as from time to time otherwise determined
by the Directors, the fiscal year of the Corporation shall be the twelve months
ending March 31.

     Section 2.   SEAL.  The seal of the Corporation shall, subject to
alterations by the Directors, bear its name, the word "Delaware" and the year of
its incorporation.

     Section 3.   EXECUTION OF INSTRUMENTS.  All deeds, leases, transfers,
contracts, bonds, notes and other obligations authorized to be executed by an
officer of the Corporation in its behalf shall be signed by the President or the
Treasurer except as the Directors may generally or in particular cases otherwise
determine.

     Section 4.   VOTING OF SECURITIES.  Except as the Directors may otherwise
designate, the President or Treasurer may waive notice of, and appoint any
person or persons to act as proxy or attorney in fact for this Corporation (with
or without power of substitution) at any meeting of stockholders or shareholders
of any other Corporation or organization, the securities of which may be held by
this Corporation.  The President shall have the power to vote any such
securities held by this Corporation unless the Directors shall, by vote,
otherwise stipulate.

     Section 5.   CORPORATE RECORDS.  The original, or attested copies, of the
Certificate of Incorporation, By-Laws and records of all meetings of the
incorporates and stockholders, and the stock and transfer records, which shall
contain the names of all stockholders and the record address and the amount of
stock held by each, shall be kept at the principal office of the Corporation, or
at an office of its transfer agent or of the Secretary. Said copies and records
need not all be kept in the same office.  They shall be available at all
reasonable times to the inspection of any stockholder for any proper purpose but
not to secure a list of stockholders for the purpose of selling said list or
copies thereof or of using the same for a purpose other than in the interest of
the applicant, as a stockholder, relative to the affairs of the Corporation.

     Section 6.   CORPORATION MAY ACT AS PARTNER. The Corporation, in accordance
with the Certificate of Incorporation and the General Corporation Law of the
State of Delaware, is hereby empowered to be a partner in any business
enterprise which the Corporation would have power to conduct itself.

     Section 7.   CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION.  All references in these By-

                                      -26-
<PAGE>

Laws to the Certificate of Incorporation shall be deemed to refer to the
Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, as amended and in effect from
time to time.

     Section 8.  AMENDMENTS.  Except as otherwise required by law, these
By-Laws may at any time be amended by vote of the stockholders, provided that
notice of the substance of the proposed amendment is stated in the notice of the
meeting, or may be amended by vote of a majority of the Directors then in
office, except that no amendment may be made by the Directors which alters the
provisions of these By-Laws with respect to removal of Directors or the election
of committees by Directors and delegation of powers thereto, or amendment of
these By-Laws.  Not later than the time of giving notice of the meeting of
stockholders next following the making, amending or repealing by the Directors
of any By-Law, notice thereof stating the substance of such change shall be
given to all stockholders entitled to vote on amending the By-Laws.

                                  ARTICLE VII
                       Repayment of Disallowed Expenses

     Any payments made to an officer of the Corporation such as a salary,
commission, bonus, interest, or rent, or entertainment expense incurred by him,
which shall be disallowed in whole or in part as a deductible expense by the
Internal Revenue Service, shall be reimbursed by such officer to the Corporation
to the full extent of such disallowance.  It shall be the duty of the Directors,
as a Board, to enforce payment of each amount disallowed.  In lieu of payment by
the officer, subject to determination of the Directors, proportionate amounts
may be withheld from his future compensation payments until the amount owed to
the Corporation has been recovered.

                                      -27-
<PAGE>

                                                                      APPENDIX D


                PROVISIONS OF THE GENERAL LAWS OF MASSACHUSETTS
               RELATING TO THE RIGHTS OF DISSENTING SHAREHOLDERS

                   (SECTIONS 86 TO 98 OF CHAPTER 156B OF THE
                        GENERAL LAWS OF MASSACHUSETTS)

     86. RIGHT OF APPRAISAL. If a corporation proposes to take a corporate
action as to which any section of this chapter provides that a stockholder who
objects to such action shall have the right to demand payment for his shares and
an appraisal thereof, sections eighty-seven to ninety-eight, inclusive, shall
apply except as otherwise specifically provided in any section of this chapter.
Except as provided in sections eighty-two and eighty-three, no stockholder shall
have such right unless (1) he files with the corporation before the taking of
the vote of the shareholders on such corporate action, written objection to the
proposed action stating that he intends to demand payment for his shares if the
action is taken and (2) his shares are not voted in favor of the proposed
action.

     87. NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS MEETING TO CONTAIN STATEMENT AS TO APPRAISAL
RIGHTS. The notice of the meeting of stockholders at which the approval of such
proposed action is to be considered shall contain a statement of the rights of
objecting stockholders. The giving of such notice shall not be deemed to create
any rights in any stockholder receiving the same to demand payment for his
stock, and the directors may authorize the inclusion in any such notice of a
statement of opinion by the management as to the existence or non-existence of
the right of the stockholders to demand payment for their stock on account of
the proposed corporate action. The notice may be in such form as the directors
or officers calling the meeting deem advisable, but the following form of notice
shall be sufficient to comply with this section:

     "If the action proposed is approved by the stockholders at the meeting and
effected by the corporation, any stockholder (1) who files with the
corporation before the taking of the vote on the approval of such action,
written objection to the proposed action stating that he intends to demand
payment for his shares if the action is taken and (2) whose shares are not voted
in favor of such action has or may have the right to demand in writing from the
corporation (or, in the case of a consolidation or merger, the name of the
resulting or surviving corporation shall be inserted), within twenty days after
the date of mailing to him of notice in writing that the corporate action has
become effective, payment for his shares and an appraisal of the value thereof.
Such corporation and any such stockholder shall in such cases have the rights
and duties and shall follow the procedure set forth in section 88 to 98,
inclusive, of Chapter 156B of the General Laws of Massachusetts."

     88. NOTICE TO OBJECTING STOCKHOLDER THAT CORPORATE ACTION HAS BECOME
EFFECTIVE. The corporation taking such action, or in the case of a merger or
consolidation the surviving or resulting corporation, shall, within ten days
after the date on which such corporate action became effective, notify each
stockholder who filed written objection meeting the requirements of section
eighty-six and whose shares were not voted in favor of the approval of such
action, that the action approved at the meeting of the corporation of which he
is a stockholder has become effective. The giving of such notice shall not be
deemed to create any rights in any stockholder receiving the same to demand
payment for his stock. The notice shall be sent by registered or certified mail,
addressed to the stockholder at his last known address as it appears in the
records of the corporation.

     89. DEMAND FOR PAYMENT BY OBJECTING STOCKHOLDER. If within twenty days
after the date of mailing of a notice under subsection (e) of section eighty-
two, subsection (f) of section eighty-three, or section eighty-eight any
stockholder to whom the corporation was required to give such notice shall
demand in writing from the corporation taking such action, or in the case of a
consolidation or merger from the resulting or surviving corporation, payment for
his stock, the corporation upon which such demand is made shall pay

                                      -28-
<PAGE>

to him the fair value of his stock within thirty days after the expiration of
the period during which such demand may be made.

     90. DETERMINATION OF VALUE OF STOCK BY SUPERIOR COURT. If during the period
of thirty days provided for in section eighty-nine the corporation upon which
such demand is made and any such objecting stockholder fail to agree as to the
value of such stock, such corporation or any such stockholder may within four
months after the expiration of such thirty-day period demand a determination of
the value of the stock of all such objecting stockholders by a bill in equity
filed in the superior court in the county where the corporation in which such
objecting stockholder held stock had or has its principal office in the
commonwealth.

     91. BILL IN EQUITY TO DETERMINE VALUE OF STOCK OF OBJECTING STOCKHOLDERS ON
FAILURE TO AGREE ON VALUE THEREOF ETC.; PARTIES TO BILL ETC.; SERVICE OF BILL IN
CORPORATION; NOTICE TO STOCKHOLDER PARTIES ETC. If the bill is filed by the
corporation, it shall name as parties respondent all stockholders who have
demanded payment for their shares and with whom the corporation has not reached
agreement as to the value thereof. If the bill is filed by a stockholder, he
shall bring the bill in his own behalf and in behalf of all other stockholders
who have demanded payment for their shares and with whom the corporation has not
reached agreement as to the value thereof, and service of the bill shall be made
upon the corporation by subpoena with a copy of the bill annexed. The
corporation shall file with its answer a duly verified list of all such other
stockholders, and such stockholders shall thereupon be deemed to have been added
as parties to the bill. The corporation shall give notice in such form and
returnable on such date as the court shall order to each stockholder party to
the bill by registered or certified mail, addressed to the last known address of
such stockholder as shown in the records of the corporation, and the court may
order such additional notice by publication or otherwise as it deems advisable.
Each stockholder who makes demand as provided in section eighty-nine shall be
deemed to have consented to the provisions of this section relating to notice,
and the giving of notice by the corporation to any such stockholder in
compliance with the order of the court shall be a sufficient service of process
on him. Failure to give notice to any stockholder making demand shall not
invalidate the proceedings as to other stockholders to whom notice was properly
given, and the court may at any time before the entry of a final decree make
supplementary orders of notice.

     92. BILL IN EQUITY TO DETERMINE VALUE OF STOCK OF OBJECTING STOCKHOLDERS ON
FAILURE TO AGREE ON VALUE THEREOF, ETC.; ENTRY OF DECREE DETERMINING VALUE OF
STOCK; DATE ON WHICH VALUE IS TO BE DETERMINED. After hearing the court shall
enter a decree determining the fair value of the stock of those stockholders who
have become entitled to the valuation of and payment for their shares, and shall
order the corporation to make payment of such value, together with interest, if
any, as hereinafter provided, to the stockholders entitled thereto upon the
transfer by them to the corporation of the certificates representing such stock
if certificated or if uncertificated, upon receipt of an instruction
transferring such stock to the corporation. For this purpose, the value of the
shares shall be determined as of the day preceding the date of the vote
approving the proposed corporate action and shall be exclusive of any element of
value arising from the expectation, or accomplishments of the proposed corporate
action.

     93. BILL IN EQUITY TO DETERMINE VALUE OF STOCK OF OBJECTING STOCKHOLDERS ON
FAILURE TO AGREE ON VALUE THEREOF, ETC.; COURT MAY REFER BILL, ETC., TO SPECIAL
MASTER TO HEAR PARTIES, ETC. The court in its discretion may refer the bill or
any question arising thereunder to a special master to hear the parties, make
findings and report the same to the court, all in accordance with the usual
practice in suits in equity in the superior court.

     94. BILL IN EQUITY TO DETERMINE VALUE OF STOCK OF OBJECTING STOCKHOLDERS ON
FAILURE TO AGREE ON VALUE THEREOF, ETC.; STOCKHOLDER PARTIES MAY BE REQUIRED TO
SUBMIT THEIR STOCK CERTIFICATES FOR NOTATION THEREON OF PENDENCY OF BILL, ETC.
On motion the court may order stockholder parties to the bill to submit their
certificates of stock to the corporation for notation thereon of the pendency of
the bill, and may order the corporation to note such pendency in its records
with

                                      -29-
<PAGE>

respect to any uncertificated shares held by such stockholder parties, and may
on motion dismiss the bill as to any stockholder who fails to comply with such
order.

     95. BILL IN EQUITY TO DETERMINE VALUE OF STOCK OF OBJECTING STOCKHOLDERS ON
FAILURE TO AGREE ON VALUE THEREOF, ETC.; TAXATION OF COSTS, ETC.; INTEREST ON
AWARD, ETC. The costs of the bill including the reasonable compensation and
expenses of any master appointed by the court, but exclusive of fees of counsel
or of experts retained by any party, shall be determined by the court and taxed
upon the parties to the bill, or any of them, in such manner as appears to be
equitable, except that all costs of giving notice to stockholders as provided in
this chapter shall be paid by the corporation. Interest shall be paid upon any
award from the date of the vote approving the proposed corporate action, and the
court may on application of any interested party determine the amount of
interest to be paid in the case of any stockholder.

     96. STOCKHOLDER DEMANDING PAYMENT FOR STOCK NOT ENTITLED TO NOTICE OF
STOCKHOLDERS' MEETINGS OR TO VOTE STOCK OR TO RECEIVE DIVIDENDS, ETC.;
EXCEPTIONS. Any stockholder who has demanded payment for his stock as provided
in this chapter shall not thereafter be entitled to notice of any meeting of
stockholders or to vote such stock for any purpose and shall not be entitled to
the payment of dividends or other distribution on the stock (except dividends or
other distributions payable to stockholders of record at a date which is prior
to the date of the vote approving the proposed corporate action) unless:

   (1) A bill shall not be filed within the time provided in section ninety;

   (2) A bill, if filed, shall be dismissed as to such stockholder; or

   (3) Such stockholder shall with the written approval of the corporation, or
in the case of a consolidation or merger, the resulting or surviving
corporation, deliver to it a written withdrawal of his objections to and an
acceptance of such corporate action.

  Notwithstanding the provisions of clauses (1) to (3) inclusive, said
stockholder shall have only the rights of a stockholder who did not so demand
payment for his stock as provided in this chapter.

     97. CERTAIN SHARES PAID FOR BY CORPORATION TO HAVE STATUS OF TREASURY
STOCK, ETC. The shares of the corporation paid for by the corporation pursuant
to the provisions of this chapter shall have the status of treasury stock or in
the case of a consolidation or merger the shares or the securities of the
resulting or surviving corporation into which the shares of such objecting
stockholder would have been converted had he not objected to such consolidation
or merger shall have the status of treasury stock or securities.

     98. ENFORCEMENT BY STOCKHOLDER OF RIGHT TO RECEIVE PAYMENT FOR HIS SHARES
TO BE EXCLUSIVE REMEDY; EXCEPTION. The enforcement by a stockholder of his right
to receive payment for his shares in the manner provided in this chapter shall
be an exclusive remedy except that this chapter shall not exclude the right of
such stockholder to bring or maintain an appropriate proceeding to obtain relief
on the ground that such corporate action will be or is illegal or fraudulent as
to him.

                                      -30-
<PAGE>

PROXY

CTC COMMUNICATIONS CORP.
SPECIAL MEETING OF STOCKHOLDERS
This Proxy is Solicited on Behalf of the Board of Directors

The undersigned hereby appoints Leonard R. Glass and John D. Pittenger and each
of them, the true and lawful attorneys and agents for the undersigned, with full
power of substitution, for and in the name of the undersigned, to act for the
undersigned and vote all stock the undersigned is entitled to vote at the
Special Meeting of Stockholders of CTC Communications Corp. to be held on [
], 1999 at 9:30 a.m., local time, at the offices of the Company, 360 Second
Avenue, Waltham, Massachusetts, and at any and all adjournments thereof, on the
matters listed on the reverse side of this card.

The undersigned hereby acknowledges receipt of the Proxy Statement and Notice of
Special Meeting dated _____________, 1999.

THIS PROXY, WHEN PROPERLY EXECUTED, WILL BE VOTED IN THE MANNER DIRECTED HEREIN
BY THE STOCKHOLDER(S). IF NO DIRECTION IS MADE, THIS PROXY WILL BE VOTED FOR THE
REORGANIZATION PROPOSAL.  PLEASE VOTE AND SIGN ON OTHER SIDE AND RETURN PROMPTLY
IN ENCLOSED ENVELOPE. (Please sign exactly as your name appears on your stock
certificate.  If stock is registered in more than one name, each holder should
sign.  When signing as an attorney, administrator, executor, guardian or
trustee, please add your title as such.  If executed by a corporation or
partnership, the Proxy should be signed in full corporate or partnership name by
a duly authorized officer or partner as applicable.)

Has your address changed?      Do you have any comments?

__________________________    ___________________________________
__________________________    ___________________________________
__________________________    ___________________________________
<PAGE>

[X]  PLEASE MARK VOTES        CTC COMMUNICATIONS CORP.
     AS IN THIS EXAMPLE

Proposal to reorganize CTC Communications Corp. into a holding company structure
in which CTC Communications Corp. would continue as a Massachusetts corporation
and become a wholly-owned subsidiary of CTC Communications Group, Inc., a newly
formed Delaware corporation.


FOR [_]      AGAINST  [_]      ABSTAIN [_]


Mark the box at right if comments or address change have been noted on the
reverse side of this card. [ ]

Please be sure to sign and date this Proxy.     Date________________

Stockholder sign here_____________________________
Co-owner sign here________________________________


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission